SemaDecl.cpp revision 27b7ce6199bfd008ba8d10c8bd91d926e2274df3
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 43#include <algorithm> 44#include <cstring> 45#include <functional> 46using namespace clang; 47using namespace sema; 48 49Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 50 if (OwnedType) { 51 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 52 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 53 } 54 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 56} 57 58/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 59/// return the declaration of that type. 60/// 61/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 62/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 63/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 64/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 65/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 66/// 67/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 68/// and then return NULL. 69ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 70 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 71 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 72 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 73 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 74 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 75 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 76 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 77 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 78 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 79 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 80 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 81 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 82 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 83 84 if (!LookupCtx) { 85 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 86 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 87 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 88 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 89 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 90 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 91 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 92 // 93 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 94 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 95 if (!isClassName) 96 return ParsedType(); 97 98 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 99 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 100 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 101 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 102 103 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 104 QualType T = 105 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 106 II, NameLoc); 107 108 return ParsedType::make(T); 109 } 110 111 return ParsedType(); 112 } 113 114 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 115 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 116 return ParsedType(); 117 } 118 119 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 120 // lookup for class-names. 121 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 122 LookupOrdinaryName; 123 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 124 if (LookupCtx) { 125 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 126 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 127 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 128 // nested-name-specifier. 129 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 130 131 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 132 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 133 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 134 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 135 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 136 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 137 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 138 LookupName(Result, S); 139 } 140 } else { 141 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 142 LookupName(Result, S); 143 } 144 145 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 146 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 147 case LookupResult::NotFound: 148 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 149 if (CorrectedII) { 150 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 151 Kind, S, SS, 0, false, 152 Sema::CTC_Type); 153 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 154 TemplateTy Template; 155 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 156 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 157 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 158 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 159 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 160 if (SS && NNS) { 161 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 162 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 163 } 164 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 165 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 166 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 167 // is handled elsewhere). 168 !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 169 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 170 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 171 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 172 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 173 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 174 if (Ty) { 175 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 176 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 177 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 178 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 179 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr 180 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 181 CorrectedStr); 182 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 183 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 184 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 185 186 if (SS && NNS) 187 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 188 *CorrectedII = NewII; 189 return Ty; 190 } 191 } 192 } 193 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 194 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 195 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 196 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 197 return ParsedType(); 198 199 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 200 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 201 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 202 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 203 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 204 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 205 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 206 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 207 return ParsedType(); 208 } 209 210 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 211 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 212 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 213 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 214 if (!IIDecl || 215 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 216 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 217 IIDecl = *Res; 218 } 219 } 220 221 if (!IIDecl) { 222 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 223 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 224 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 225 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 226 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 227 // a type name. 228 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 229 return ParsedType(); 230 } 231 232 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 233 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 234 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 235 // perform the name lookup again. 236 break; 237 238 case LookupResult::Found: 239 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 240 break; 241 } 242 243 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 244 245 QualType T; 246 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 247 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 248 249 if (T.isNull()) 250 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 251 252 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 253 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 254 // Construct a type with type-source information. 255 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 256 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 257 258 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 259 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 260 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 261 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 262 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 263 } else { 264 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 265 } 266 } 267 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 268 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 269 if (!HasTrailingDot) 270 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 271 } 272 273 if (T.isNull()) { 274 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 275 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 276 return ParsedType(); 277 } 278 return ParsedType::make(T); 279} 280 281/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 282/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 283/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 284/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 285/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 286DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 287 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 288 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 289 LookupName(R, S, false); 290 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 291 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 292 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 293 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 294 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 295 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 296 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 297 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 298 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 299 } 300 } 301 302 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 303} 304 305/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 306/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 307/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 308/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 309/// @code 310/// template<class T> class A { 311/// public: 312/// typedef int TYPE; 313/// }; 314/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 315/// public: 316/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 317/// }; 318/// @endcode 319bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 320 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 321 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 322 323 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 324 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 325 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 326 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 327 return true; 328 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 329 } 330 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 331} 332 333bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 334 SourceLocation IILoc, 335 Scope *S, 336 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 337 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 338 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 339 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 340 341 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 342 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 343 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 344 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL, 345 false, CTC_Type)) { 346 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 347 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 348 349 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 350 // We corrected to a keyword. 351 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 353 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 354 return true; 355 } else { 356 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 357 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 358 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 359 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 360 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 361 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 362 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 363 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 364 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 365 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 366 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 367 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 368 else 369 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 370 371 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 372 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 373 374 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 375 false, false, ParsedType(), 376 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 377 return true; 378 } 379 } 380 } 381 382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 383 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 384 UnqualifiedId Name; 385 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 386 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 387 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 388 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 389 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 390 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 391 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 392 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 393 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 394 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 395 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 396 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 397 } 398 return true; 399 } 400 } 401 402 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 403 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 404 405 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 406 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 407 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 408 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 409 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 410 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 411 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 412 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 413 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 414 415 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 416 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 417 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 418 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 419 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc) 420 .get(); 421 } else { 422 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 423 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 424 } 425 426 return true; 427} 428 429/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 430/// or 431static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 432 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 433 NextToken.is(tok::less); 434 435 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 436 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 437 return true; 438 439 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 440 return true; 441 } 442 443 return false; 444} 445 446Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 447 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 448 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 449 SourceLocation NameLoc, 450 const Token &NextToken) { 451 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 452 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 453 454 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 455 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 456 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 457 458 } 459 460 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 461 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 462 463 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 464 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 465 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 466 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 467 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 468 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 469 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 470 return E; 471 } 472 473 bool SecondTry = false; 474 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 475 476Corrected: 477 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 478 case LookupResult::NotFound: 479 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 480 // call. 481 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 482 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 483 // FIXME: Reference? 484 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 485 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 486 487 // C90 6.3.2.2: 488 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 489 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 490 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 491 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 492 // the function call, the declaration 493 // 494 // extern int identifier (); 495 // 496 // appeared. 497 // 498 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 499 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 500 Result.addDecl(D); 501 Result.resolveKind(); 502 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 503 } 504 } 505 506 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 507 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 508 // "struct", or "union". 509 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 510 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 511 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 512 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 const char *TagName = 0; 514 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 515 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 516 case TTK_Class: 517 TagName = "class"; 518 FixItTagName = "class "; 519 break; 520 521 case TTK_Enum: 522 TagName = "enum"; 523 FixItTagName = "enum "; 524 break; 525 526 case TTK_Struct: 527 TagName = "struct"; 528 FixItTagName = "struct "; 529 break; 530 531 case TTK_Union: 532 TagName = "union"; 533 FixItTagName = "union "; 534 break; 535 } 536 537 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 538 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 539 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 540 break; 541 } 542 543 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 544 } 545 546 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 547 // close to this name. 548 if (!SecondTry) { 549 SecondTry = true; 550 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 551 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 552 &SS)) { 553 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 554 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 555 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 556 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 557 558 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 559 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 560 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 562 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 563 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 564 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 565 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 566 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 567 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 568 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 569 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 570 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 571 } 572 573 if (SS.isEmpty()) 574 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 575 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 576 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 577 else 578 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 579 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 580 << SS.getRange() 581 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 582 583 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 584 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 585 586 // Also update the LookupResult... 587 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 588 Result.clear(); 589 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 590 if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 591 592 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 593 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 594 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 595 596 if (FirstDecl) 597 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 598 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 599 600 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 601 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 602 // reference the ivar. 603 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 604 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 605 Result.clear(); 606 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 607 return move(E); 608 } 609 610 goto Corrected; 611 } 612 } 613 614 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 615 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 616 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 617 618 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 619 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 620 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 621 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 622 623 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 624 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 625 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 626 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 627 // qualified by the keyword typename. 628 // 629 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 630 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 631 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 632 // keyword here. 633 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 634 635 case LookupResult::Found: 636 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 637 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 638 break; 639 640 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 641 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 642 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 643 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 644 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 645 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 646 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 647 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 648 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 649 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 650 // ambiguous. 651 // 652 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 653 // so try again after filtering out template names. 654 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 655 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 656 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 657 break; 658 } 659 } 660 661 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 662 return NameClassification::Error(); 663 } 664 665 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 666 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 667 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 668 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 669 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 670 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 671 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 672 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 673 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 674 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 675 676 if (!Result.empty()) { 677 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 678 TemplateName Template; 679 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 680 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 681 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 682 Result.end()); 683 } else { 684 TemplateDecl *TD 685 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 686 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 687 688 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 689 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 690 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 691 TD); 692 else 693 Template = TemplateName(TD); 694 } 695 696 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 697 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 698 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 699 // to based on which function we selected. 700 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 701 702 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 703 } 704 705 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 706 } 707 } 708 709 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 710 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 711 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 712 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 713 return ParsedType::make(T); 714 } 715 716 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 717 if (!Class) { 718 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 719 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 720 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 721 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 722 } 723 724 if (Class) { 725 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 726 727 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 728 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 729 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 730 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 731 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 732 } 733 734 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 735 return ParsedType::make(T); 736 } 737 738 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 739 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 740 741 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 742 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 743} 744 745// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 746// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 747// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 748DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 749 750 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 751 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 752 // the context we'll need to return to. 753 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 754 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 755 756 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 757 // lexical context. 758 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 759 return DC; 760 761 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 762 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 763 // class is the context we need to return to. 764 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 765 DC = RD; 766 767 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 768 // declared in. 769 return DC; 770 } 771 772 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 773} 774 775void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 776 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 777 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 778 CurContext = DC; 779 S->setEntity(DC); 780} 781 782void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 783 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 784 785 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 786 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 787} 788 789/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 790/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 791/// 792void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 793 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 794 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 795 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 796 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 797 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 798 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 799 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 800 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 801 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 802 // namespace. 803 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 804 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 805 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 806 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 807 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 808 809 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 810 811#ifndef NDEBUG 812 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 813 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 814 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 815#endif 816 817 CurContext = DC; 818 S->setEntity(DC); 819} 820 821void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 822 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 823 824 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 825 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 826 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 827 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 828 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 829 830 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 831 // disappear. 832} 833 834 835void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 836 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 837 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 838 // We assume that the caller has already called 839 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 840 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 841 } 842 if (!FD) 843 return; 844 845 PushDeclContext(S, FD); 846 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 847 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 848 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 849 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 850 S->AddDecl(Param); 851 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 852 } 853 } 854} 855 856 857/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 858/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 859/// 860/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 861/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 862/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 863/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 864/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 865/// attribute. 866static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 867 ASTContext &Context) { 868 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 869 return true; 870 871 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 872 return true; 873 874 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 875 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 876} 877 878/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 879void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 880 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 881 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 882 // scope. 883 while (S->getEntity() && 884 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 885 S = S->getParent(); 886 887 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 888 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 889 // into any context. 890 if (AddToContext) 891 CurContext->addDecl(D); 892 893 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 894 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 895 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 896 D->isOutOfLine() && 897 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 898 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 899 return; 900 901 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 902 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 903 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 904 return; 905 906 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 907 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 908 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 909 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 910 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 911 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 912 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 913 914 // Should only need to replace one decl. 915 break; 916 } 917 } 918 919 S->AddDecl(D); 920 921 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 922 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 923 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 924 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 925 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 926 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 927 if (IDC == CurContext) { 928 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 929 continue; 930 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 931 break; 932 } 933 934 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 935 } else { 936 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 937 } 938} 939 940void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 941 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 942 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 943} 944 945bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 946 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 947 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 948 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 949} 950 951Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 952 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 953 do { 954 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 955 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 956 return S; 957 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 958 959 return 0; 960} 961 962static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 963 DeclContext*, 964 ASTContext&); 965 966/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 967/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 968void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 969 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 970 bool ConsiderLinkage, 971 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 972 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 973 while (F.hasNext()) { 974 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 975 976 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 977 continue; 978 979 if (ConsiderLinkage && 980 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 981 continue; 982 983 F.erase(); 984 } 985 986 F.done(); 987} 988 989static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 990 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 991 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 992 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 993} 994 995/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 996static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 997 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 998 while (F.hasNext()) 999 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1000 F.erase(); 1001 1002 F.done(); 1003} 1004 1005/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1006/// @code 1007/// class S { 1008/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1009/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1010/// }; 1011/// @endcode 1012static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1013 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1014 // the decl here. 1015 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1016 return false; 1017 1018 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1019 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1020 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1021 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1022 return false; 1023} 1024 1025bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1026 assert(D); 1027 1028 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1029 return false; 1030 1031 // Ignore class templates. 1032 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1033 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1034 return false; 1035 1036 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1037 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1038 return false; 1039 1040 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1041 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1042 return false; 1043 } else { 1044 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1045 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1046 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1047 return false; 1048 } 1049 1050 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1051 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1052 return false; 1053 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1054 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1055 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1056 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1057 return false; 1058 1059 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1060 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1061 return false; 1062 1063 } else { 1064 return false; 1065 } 1066 1067 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1068 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1069 return false; 1070 1071 return true; 1072} 1073 1074void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1075 if (!D) 1076 return; 1077 1078 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1079 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1080 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1081 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1082 } 1083 1084 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1085 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1086 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1087 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1088 } 1089 1090 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1091 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1092 } 1093 1094static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1095 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1096 return false; 1097 1098 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1099 return false; 1100 1101 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1102 return true; 1103 1104 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1105 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1106 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1107 return false; 1108 1109 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1110 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1111 1112 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1113 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1114 1115 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1116 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1117 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1118 return false; 1119 } 1120 1121 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1122 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1123 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1124 return false; 1125 1126 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1127 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1128 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1129 return false; 1130 1131 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1132 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1133 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1134 // has no side effects. 1135 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1136 return false; 1137 } 1138 } 1139 1140 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1141 } 1142 1143 return true; 1144} 1145 1146static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1147 FixItHint &Hint) { 1148 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1149 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1150 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true); 1151 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1152 return; 1153 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1154 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1155 } 1156 return; 1157} 1158 1159/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1160/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1161void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1162 FixItHint Hint; 1163 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1164 return; 1165 1166 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1167 1168 unsigned DiagID; 1169 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1170 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1171 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1172 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1173 else 1174 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1175 1176 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1177} 1178 1179static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1180 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1181 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1182 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1183 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1184 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1185} 1186 1187void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1188 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1189 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1190 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1191 1192 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1193 I != E; ++I) { 1194 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1195 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1196 1197 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1198 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1199 1200 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1201 1202 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1203 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1204 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1205 1206 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1207 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1208 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1209 1210 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1211 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1212 } 1213} 1214 1215/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1216/// 1217/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1218/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1219/// to the fixed name. 1220/// 1221/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1222/// 1223/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1224/// if there is no class with the given name. 1225/// 1226/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1227/// class could not be found. 1228ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1229 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1230 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1231 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1232 // creation from this context. 1233 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1234 1235 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1236 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1237 // find an Objective-C class name. 1238 TypoCorrection C; 1239 if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1240 TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) && 1241 (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1242 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1243 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1244 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1245 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1246 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1247 1248 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1249 } 1250 } 1251 1252 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1253} 1254 1255/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1256/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1257/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1258/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1259/// ill-formed in C++: 1260/// @code 1261/// struct S6 { 1262/// enum { BAR } e; 1263/// }; 1264/// 1265/// void test_S6() { 1266/// struct S6 a; 1267/// a.e = BAR; 1268/// } 1269/// @endcode 1270/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1271/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1272/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1273/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1274/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1275/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1276/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1277/// contain non-field names. 1278Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1279 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1280 (S->getEntity() && 1281 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1282 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1283 S = S->getParent(); 1284 return S; 1285} 1286 1287/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1288/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1289/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1290/// built-in. 1291NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1292 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1293 SourceLocation Loc) { 1294 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1295 1296 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1297 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1298 switch (Error) { 1299 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1300 // Okay 1301 break; 1302 1303 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1304 if (ForRedeclaration) 1305 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1306 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1307 return 0; 1308 1309 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1310 if (ForRedeclaration) 1311 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1312 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1313 return 0; 1314 1315 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1316 if (ForRedeclaration) 1317 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1318 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1319 return 0; 1320 } 1321 1322 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1323 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1324 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1325 << R; 1326 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1327 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1328 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1329 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1330 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1331 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1332 } 1333 1334 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1335 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1336 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1337 SC_Extern, 1338 SC_None, false, 1339 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1340 New->setImplicit(); 1341 1342 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1343 // FunctionDecl. 1344 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1345 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1346 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1347 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1348 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1349 SourceLocation(), 0, 1350 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1351 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1352 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1353 Params.push_back(parm); 1354 } 1355 New->setParams(Params); 1356 } 1357 1358 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1359 1360 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1361 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1362 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1363 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1364 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1365 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1366 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1367 CurContext = SavedContext; 1368 return New; 1369} 1370 1371bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1372 QualType OldType; 1373 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1374 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1375 else 1376 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1377 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1378 1379 if (OldType != NewType && 1380 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1381 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1382 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1383 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1384 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1385 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1386 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1387 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1388 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1389 return true; 1390 } 1391 return false; 1392} 1393 1394/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1395/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1396/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1397/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1398/// 1399void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1400 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1401 // merging checks. 1402 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1403 1404 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1405 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1406 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1407 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1408 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1409 default: break; 1410 case 2: 1411 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1412 break; 1413 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1414 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1415 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1416 return; 1417 case 5: 1418 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1419 break; 1420 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1421 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1422 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1423 return; 1424 case 3: 1425 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1426 break; 1427 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1428 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1429 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1430 return; 1431 } 1432 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1433 } 1434 1435 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1436 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1437 if (!Old) { 1438 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1439 << New->getDeclName(); 1440 1441 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1442 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1443 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1444 1445 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1446 } 1447 1448 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1449 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1450 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1451 1452 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1453 // with any extensions enabled. 1454 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1455 return; 1456 1457 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1458 // declaration was a typedef. 1459 // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type 1460 // spellings don't match exactly. 1461 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1462 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1463 1464 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 1465 return; 1466 1467 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1468 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1469 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1470 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1471 // to the type to which it already refers. 1472 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1473 return; 1474 1475 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1476 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1477 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1478 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1479 // 1480 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1481 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1482 // 1483 // struct S { 1484 // typedef struct A { } A; 1485 // }; 1486 // 1487 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1488 // allow the above but disallow 1489 // 1490 // struct S { 1491 // typedef int I; 1492 // typedef int I; 1493 // }; 1494 // 1495 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1496 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1497 return; 1498 1499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1500 << New->getDeclName(); 1501 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1502 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1503 } 1504 1505 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1506 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1507 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1508 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1509 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1510 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1511 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1512 return; 1513 1514 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1515 << New->getDeclName(); 1516 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1517 return; 1518} 1519 1520/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1521/// attribute. 1522static bool 1523DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1524 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1525 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1526 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1527 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1528 if (Ann) { 1529 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1530 return true; 1531 continue; 1532 } 1533 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1534 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1535 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1536 return true; 1537 } 1538 1539 return false; 1540} 1541 1542/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1543static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1544 ASTContext &C, bool mergeDeprecation = true) { 1545 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1546 return; 1547 1548 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1549 1550 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1551 // we process them. 1552 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1553 1554 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1555 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1556 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1557 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1558 if (!mergeDeprecation && 1559 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1560 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1561 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1562 continue; 1563 1564 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1565 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1566 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1567 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1568 foundAny = true; 1569 } 1570 } 1571 1572 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1573} 1574 1575/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1576/// to the new one. 1577static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1578 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1579 ASTContext &C) { 1580 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1581 return; 1582 1583 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1584 1585 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1586 // done before we process them. 1587 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1588 1589 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1590 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1591 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1592 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1593 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1594 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1595 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1596 foundAny = true; 1597 } 1598 } 1599 1600 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1601} 1602 1603namespace { 1604 1605/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1606/// C. 1607struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1608 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1609 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1610 QualType PromotedType; 1611}; 1612 1613} 1614 1615/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1616Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1617 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1618 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1619 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1620 1621 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1622 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1623 1624 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1625 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1626 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1627 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1628 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1629 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1630 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1631 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1632 } 1633 1634 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1635} 1636 1637/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1638/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1639/// GNU89 mode. 1640static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1641 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1642 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1643 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1644 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1645 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1646} 1647 1648/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1649/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1650/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1651/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1652/// 1653/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1654/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1655/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1656/// merged with. 1657/// 1658/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1659bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1660 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1661 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1662 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1663 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1664 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1665 else 1666 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1667 if (!Old) { 1668 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1669 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1670 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1671 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1672 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1673 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1674 return true; 1675 } 1676 1677 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1678 << New->getDeclName(); 1679 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1680 return true; 1681 } 1682 1683 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1684 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1685 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1686 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1687 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1688 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1689 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1690 else 1691 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1692 1693 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1694 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1695 1696 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1697 // is an extern inline function. 1698 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1699 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1700 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1701 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1702 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 1703 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1704 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1705 } else { 1706 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1707 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1708 return true; 1709 } 1710 } 1711 1712 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1713 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1714 // calling convention of the first. 1715 // 1716 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1717 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1718 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1719 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1720 // because it is the default calling convention. 1721 // 1722 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1723 // other tests to run. 1724 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1725 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1726 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1727 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1728 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1729 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1730 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1731 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1732 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1733 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1734 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1735 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1736 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1737 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1738 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1739 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1740 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1742 return true; 1743 } 1744 1745 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1746 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1747 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1748 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1749 } 1750 1751 // Merge regparm attribute. 1752 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1753 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1754 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1755 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1756 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1757 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1758 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1759 return true; 1760 } 1761 1762 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1763 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1764 } 1765 1766 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 1767 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1768 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1769 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 1770 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1771 return true; 1772 } 1773 1774 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 1775 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1776 } 1777 1778 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1779 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1780 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1781 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1782 } 1783 1784 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1785 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1786 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1787 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1788 // cannot be overloaded. 1789 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1790 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1791 QualType ResQT; 1792 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1793 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1794 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1795 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1796 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1797 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1798 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1799 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1800 else 1801 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1802 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1803 return true; 1804 } 1805 else 1806 NewQType = ResQT; 1807 } 1808 1809 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1810 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1811 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1812 // Preserve triviality. 1813 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1814 1815 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1816 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1817 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1818 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1819 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1820 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1821 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1822 1823 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1824 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1825 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1826 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1827 // is a static member function declaration. 1828 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1829 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1830 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1831 return true; 1832 } 1833 1834 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1835 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1836 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1837 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1838 unsigned NewDiag; 1839 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1840 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1841 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1842 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1843 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1844 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1845 else 1846 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1847 1848 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1849 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1850 1851 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1852 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1853 // 1854 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1855 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1856 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1857 if (isFriend) { 1858 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1859 } else { 1860 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1861 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1862 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1863 return true; 1864 } 1865 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1866 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1867 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1868 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1869 return true; 1870 } 1871 } 1872 1873 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1874 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1875 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1876 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1877 1878 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1879 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1880 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1881 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1882 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1883 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1884 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1885 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1886 } 1887 1888 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1889 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1890 1891 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1892 } 1893 1894 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1895 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1896 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1897 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1898 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1899 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1900 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1901 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1902 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1903 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1904 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1905 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1906 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1907 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1908 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1909 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1910 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1911 New->setType(NewQType); 1912 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1913 1914 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1915 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1916 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1917 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1918 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1919 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1920 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1921 SourceLocation(), 1922 SourceLocation(), 0, 1923 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1924 SC_None, SC_None, 1925 0); 1926 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1927 Param->setImplicit(); 1928 Params.push_back(Param); 1929 } 1930 1931 New->setParams(Params); 1932 } 1933 1934 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1935 } 1936 1937 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1938 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1939 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1940 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1941 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1942 // the prototype. 1943 // 1944 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1945 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1946 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1947 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1948 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1949 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1950 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1951 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1952 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1953 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1954 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1955 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1956 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1957 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1958 1959 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1960 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1961 NewProto->getResultType()); 1962 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1963 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1964 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1965 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1966 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1967 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1968 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1969 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1970 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1971 NewParm->getType(), 1972 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1973 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1974 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1975 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1976 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1977 } else 1978 LooseCompatible = false; 1979 } 1980 1981 if (LooseCompatible) { 1982 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1983 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1984 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1985 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1986 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1987 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1988 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1989 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1990 } 1991 1992 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1993 ArgTypes.size(), 1994 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1995 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1996 } 1997 1998 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1999 } 2000 2001 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2002 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2003 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2004 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2005 // signature. 2006 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2007 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2008 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2009 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2010 // library built-in. 2011 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2012 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2013 << Old << Old->getType(); 2014 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2015 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2016 return false; 2017 } 2018 2019 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2020 } 2021 2022 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2023 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2024 return true; 2025} 2026 2027/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2028/// known to be compatible. 2029/// 2030/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2031/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2032/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2033/// redeclaration of Old. 2034/// 2035/// \returns false 2036bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 2037 // Merge the attributes 2038 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2039 2040 // Merge the storage class. 2041 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2042 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2043 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2044 2045 // Merge "pure" flag. 2046 if (Old->isPure()) 2047 New->setPure(); 2048 2049 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2050 // declarations. 2051 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2052 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2053 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2054 Context); 2055 2056 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2057 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 2058 2059 return false; 2060} 2061 2062 2063void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2064 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2065 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 2066 // except from interface to implementation. 2067 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 2068 2069 // Merge the attributes. 2070 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context, mergeDeprecation); 2071 2072 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2073 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(); 2074 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2075 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2076 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 2077 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2078 2079 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2080} 2081 2082/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2083/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2084/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2085/// 2086/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2087/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 2088/// check them before the initializer is attached. 2089/// 2090void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2091 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2092 return; 2093 2094 QualType MergedT; 2095 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2096 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2097 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2098 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2099 return; 2100 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2101 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2102 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2103 } 2104 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2105 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2106 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2107 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2108 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2109 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2110 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2111 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2112 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2113 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2114 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2115 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2116 MergedT = New->getType(); 2117 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2118 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2119 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2120 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2121 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2122 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2123 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2124 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2125 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2126 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2127 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2128 Old->getType()); 2129 } 2130 } else { 2131 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2132 } 2133 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2134 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2135 << New->getDeclName(); 2136 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2137 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2138 } 2139 New->setType(MergedT); 2140} 2141 2142/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2143/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2144/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2145/// 2146/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2147/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2148/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2149/// 2150void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2151 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2152 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2153 return; 2154 2155 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2156 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2157 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2158 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2159 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2160 << New->getDeclName(); 2161 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2162 diag::note_previous_definition); 2163 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2164 } 2165 2166 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2167 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2168 // 2169 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2170 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2171 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2172 << New->getIdentifier(); 2173 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2174 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2175 } 2176 2177 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2178 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2179 // declaration 2180 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2181 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2182 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2183 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2184 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2185 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2186 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2187 } 2188 2189 // Merge the types. 2190 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2191 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2192 return; 2193 2194 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2195 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2196 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2198 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2199 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2200 } 2201 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2202 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2203 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2204 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2205 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2206 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2207 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2208 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2209 // identifier has external linkage. 2210 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2211 /* Okay */; 2212 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2213 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2214 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2215 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2216 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2217 } 2218 2219 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2220 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2221 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2224 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2225 } 2226 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2227 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2229 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2230 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2231 } 2232 2233 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2234 2235 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2236 // need to check for mismatches. 2237 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2238 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2239 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2240 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2241 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2242 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2243 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2244 } 2245 2246 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2247 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2248 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2249 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2250 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2251 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2252 } 2253 2254 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2255 const VarDecl *Def; 2256 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2257 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2258 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2259 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2260 << New->getDeclName(); 2261 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2262 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2263 return; 2264 } 2265 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2266 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2267 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2268 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2269 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2270 // specified at the prior declaration. 2271 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2272 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2273 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2274 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2275 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2276 2277 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2278 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2279 2280 // Inherit access appropriately. 2281 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2282} 2283 2284/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2285/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2286Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2287 DeclSpec &DS) { 2288 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2289 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2290} 2291 2292/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2293/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2294/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2295Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2296 DeclSpec &DS, 2297 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2298 Decl *TagD = 0; 2299 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2300 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2301 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2302 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2303 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2304 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2305 2306 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2307 return 0; 2308 2309 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2310 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2311 // it's a Type. 2312 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2313 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2314 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2315 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2316 } 2317 2318 if (Tag) 2319 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2320 2321 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2322 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2323 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2324 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2325 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2326 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2327 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2328 } 2329 2330 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2331 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2332 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2333 if (Tag) 2334 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2335 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2336 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2337 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2338 else 2339 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2340 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2341 return TagD; 2342 } 2343 2344 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2345 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2346 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2347 if (TagD && !Tag) 2348 return 0; 2349 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2350 } 2351 2352 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2353 // declarators. 2354 bool emittedWarning = false; 2355 2356 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2357 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2358 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2360 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2361 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2362 2363 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2364 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2365 emittedWarning = true; 2366 } 2367 } 2368 2369 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2370 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2371 CurContext->isRecord() && 2372 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2373 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2374 // struct STRUCT; 2375 // and 2376 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2377 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2378 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2379 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2380 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2381 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2382 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2383 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2388 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2389 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2390 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2391 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2392 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2393 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2394 emittedWarning = true; 2395 } 2396 2397 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2398 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2399 2400 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2401 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2402 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2403 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2404 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2405 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2406 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2407 return Tag; 2408 } 2409 2410 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2411 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2412 emittedWarning = true; 2413 } 2414 2415 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2416 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2417 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2418 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2419 return TagD; 2420 2421 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2422 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2423 // useless. 2424 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2425 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2426 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2427 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2428 2429 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2430 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2431 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2432 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2433 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2434 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2435 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2436 // Restrict is covered above. 2437 } 2438 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2439 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2440 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2441 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2442 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2443 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2444 2445 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2446 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2447 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2448 << Tag->getTagKind() 2449 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2450 2451 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2452 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2453 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2454 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2455 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2456 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2457 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2458 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2459 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2460 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2461 while (attrs) { 2462 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2463 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2464 << attrs->getName() 2465 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2466 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2467 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2468 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2469 } 2470 } 2471 } 2472 2473 return TagD; 2474} 2475 2476/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2477/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2478StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2479 StmtResult R; 2480 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2481 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2482 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2483 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2484 do 2485 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2486 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2487 } 2488 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2489 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2490 } 2491 } 2492 return R; 2493} 2494 2495/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2496/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2497/// 2498/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2499static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2500 Scope *S, 2501 DeclContext *Owner, 2502 DeclarationName Name, 2503 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2504 unsigned diagnostic) { 2505 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2506 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2507 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2508 2509 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2510 return false; 2511 2512 // Pick a representative declaration. 2513 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2514 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2515 2516 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2517 return false; 2518 2519 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2520 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2521 2522 return true; 2523} 2524 2525/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2526/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2527/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2528/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2529/// struct, e.g., 2530/// 2531/// @code 2532/// union { 2533/// int i; 2534/// float f; 2535/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2536/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2537/// @endcode 2538/// 2539/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2540/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2541static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2542 DeclContext *Owner, 2543 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2544 AccessSpecifier AS, 2545 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2546 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2547 unsigned diagKind 2548 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2549 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2550 2551 bool Invalid = false; 2552 2553 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2554 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2555 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2556 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2557 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2558 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2559 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2560 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2561 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2562 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2563 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2564 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2565 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2566 Invalid = true; 2567 } else { 2568 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2569 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2570 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2571 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2572 // anonymous union is declared. 2573 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2574 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2575 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2576 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2577 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2578 else 2579 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2580 2581 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2582 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2583 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2584 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2585 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2586 2587 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2588 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2589 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2590 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2591 2592 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2593 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2594 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2595 2596 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2597 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2598 2599 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2600 } 2601 } 2602 } 2603 2604 return Invalid; 2605} 2606 2607/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2608/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2609/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2610static StorageClass 2611StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2612 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2613 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2614 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2615 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2616 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2617 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2618 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2619 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2620 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2621 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2622 } 2623 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2624} 2625 2626/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2627/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2628/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2629static StorageClass 2630StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2631 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2632 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2633 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2634 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2635 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2636 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2637 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2638 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2639 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2640 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2641 } 2642 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2643} 2644 2645/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2646/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2647/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2648/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2649Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2650 AccessSpecifier AS, 2651 RecordDecl *Record) { 2652 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2653 2654 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2655 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2656 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2657 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2658 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2659 2660 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2661 // structs/unions. 2662 bool Invalid = false; 2663 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2664 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2665 unsigned DiagID; 2666 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2667 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2668 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2669 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2670 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2671 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2672 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2673 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2674 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2675 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2676 2677 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2678 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2679 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2680 } 2681 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2682 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2683 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2684 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2685 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2686 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2687 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2689 2690 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2691 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2692 SourceLocation(), 2693 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2694 } 2695 } 2696 2697 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2698 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2699 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2700 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2701 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2702 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2703 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2704 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 2705 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2706 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2707 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2708 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2709 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2710 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2711 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2712 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2713 2714 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2715 } 2716 2717 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2718 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2719 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2720 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2721 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2722 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2723 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2724 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2725 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2726 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2727 // members (clause 11). 2728 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2729 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2730 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2731 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2732 Invalid = true; 2733 } 2734 2735 // C++ [class.union]p1 2736 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2737 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2738 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2739 // array of such objects. 2740 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2741 Invalid = true; 2742 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2743 // Any implicit members are fine. 2744 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2745 // This is a type that showed up in an 2746 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2747 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2748 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2749 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2750 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2751 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2752 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2753 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 2754 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2755 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2756 else { 2757 // This is a nested type declaration. 2758 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2759 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2760 Invalid = true; 2761 } 2762 } 2763 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2764 // Any access specifier is fine. 2765 } else { 2766 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2767 // member. Complain about it. 2768 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2769 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2770 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2771 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2772 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2773 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2774 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2775 2776 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2777 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && 2778 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2779 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2780 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2781 else { 2782 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2783 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2784 Invalid = true; 2785 } 2786 } 2787 } 2788 } 2789 2790 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2791 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2792 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2793 Invalid = true; 2794 } 2795 2796 // Mock up a declarator. 2797 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2798 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2799 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2800 2801 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2802 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2803 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2804 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2805 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2806 Record->getLocation(), 2807 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2808 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2809 TInfo, 2810 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2811 /*HasInit=*/false); 2812 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2813 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2814 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2815 } else { 2816 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2817 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2818 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2819 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2820 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2821 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2822 // an error here 2823 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2824 Invalid = true; 2825 SC = SC_None; 2826 } 2827 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2828 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2829 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2830 2831 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2832 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2833 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2834 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2835 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2836 2837 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 2838 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 2839 // initializer: 2840 // union { int n = 0; }; 2841 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 2842 } 2843 Anon->setImplicit(); 2844 2845 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2846 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2847 // its members. 2848 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2849 2850 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2851 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2852 // purposes. 2853 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2854 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2855 2856 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2857 Chain, false)) 2858 Invalid = true; 2859 2860 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2861 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2862 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2863 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2864 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2865 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2866 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2867 2868 if (Invalid) 2869 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2870 2871 return Anon; 2872} 2873 2874/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2875/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2876/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2877/// Example: 2878/// 2879/// struct A { int a; }; 2880/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2881/// 2882/// void foo() { 2883/// B var; 2884/// var.a = 3; 2885/// } 2886/// 2887Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2888 RecordDecl *Record) { 2889 2890 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2891 if (!Record) 2892 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2893 2894 // Mock up a declarator. 2895 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2896 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2897 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2898 2899 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2900 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2901 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2902 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2903 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2904 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2905 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2906 TInfo, 2907 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2908 /*HasInit=*/false); 2909 Anon->setImplicit(); 2910 2911 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2912 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2913 2914 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2915 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2916 // purposes. 2917 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2918 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2919 2920 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2921 Record->getDefinition(), 2922 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2923 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2924 2925 return Anon; 2926} 2927 2928/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2929/// given Declarator. 2930DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2931 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2932} 2933 2934/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2935DeclarationNameInfo 2936Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2937 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2938 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2939 2940 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2941 2942 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2943 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2944 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2945 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2946 return NameInfo; 2947 2948 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2949 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2950 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2951 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2952 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2953 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2954 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2955 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2956 return NameInfo; 2957 2958 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2959 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2960 Name.Identifier)); 2961 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2962 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2963 return NameInfo; 2964 2965 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2966 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2967 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2968 if (Ty.isNull()) 2969 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2970 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2971 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2972 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2973 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2974 return NameInfo; 2975 } 2976 2977 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2978 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2979 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2980 if (Ty.isNull()) 2981 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2982 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2983 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2984 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2985 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2986 return NameInfo; 2987 } 2988 2989 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2990 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2991 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2992 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2993 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2994 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2995 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2996 2997 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2998 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2999 3000 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3001 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3002 // was qualified. 3003 3004 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3005 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3006 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3007 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3008 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3009 return NameInfo; 3010 } 3011 3012 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3013 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3014 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3015 if (Ty.isNull()) 3016 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3017 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3018 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3019 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3020 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3021 return NameInfo; 3022 } 3023 3024 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3025 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3026 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3027 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3028 } 3029 3030 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3031 3032 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3033} 3034 3035static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3036 do { 3037 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3038 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3039 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3040 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3041 else 3042 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3043 } while (true); 3044} 3045 3046/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3047/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3048/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3049/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3050/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3051/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3052/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3053static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3054 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3055 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3056 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3057 Params.clear(); 3058 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3059 return false; 3060 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3061 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3062 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3063 3064 // The parameter types are identical 3065 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3066 continue; 3067 3068 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3069 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3070 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3071 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3072 3073 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3074 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3075 Params.push_back(Idx); 3076 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3077 return false; 3078 } 3079 3080 return true; 3081} 3082 3083/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3084/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3085/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3086/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3087/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3088static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3089 DeclarationName Name) { 3090 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3091 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3092 // - types which will become injected class names 3093 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3094 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3095 // few cases here. 3096 3097 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3098 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3099 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3100 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3101 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3102 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3103 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3104 // Grab the type from the parser. 3105 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3106 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3107 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3108 3109 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3110 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3111 // attached already. 3112 if (!TSI) 3113 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3114 3115 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3116 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3117 if (!TSI) return true; 3118 3119 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3120 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3121 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3122 break; 3123 } 3124 3125 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3126 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3127 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3128 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3129 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3130 break; 3131 } 3132 3133 default: 3134 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3135 break; 3136 } 3137 3138 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3139 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3140 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3141 3142 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3143 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3144 // pointer. 3145 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3146 continue; 3147 3148 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3149 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3150 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3151 return true; 3152 } 3153 3154 return false; 3155} 3156 3157Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3158 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3159 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 3160 3161 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3162 Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3163 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3164 3165 return Dcl; 3166} 3167 3168/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3169/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3170/// name different from T: 3171/// - every static data member of class T; 3172/// - every member function of class T 3173/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3174/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3175bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3176 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3177 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3178 3179 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3180 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3181 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3182 return true; 3183 } 3184 3185 return false; 3186} 3187 3188Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3189 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3190 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3191 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3192 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3193 3194 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3195 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3196 if (!Name) { 3197 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3198 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3199 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3200 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3201 return 0; 3202 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3203 return 0; 3204 3205 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3206 // we find one that is. 3207 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3208 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3209 S = S->getParent(); 3210 3211 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3212 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3213 D.setInvalidType(); 3214 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3215 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3216 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3217 return 0; 3218 3219 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3220 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3221 if (!DC) { 3222 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3223 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3224 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3225 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3226 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3227 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3228 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3229 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3230 return 0; 3231 } 3232 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3233 3234 if (!IsDependentContext && 3235 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3236 return 0; 3237 3238 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3239 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3240 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3241 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3242 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3243 D.setInvalidType(); 3244 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3245 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3246 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3247 // definition: 3248 // 3249 // class X { 3250 // void X::f(); 3251 // }; 3252 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) { 3253 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3254 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3255 } else { 3256 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3257 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3258 3259 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3260 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3261 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3262 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3263 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3264 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3265 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)))) 3266 return 0; 3267 } 3268 3269 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3270 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3271 } 3272 } 3273 3274 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3275 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3276 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3277 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3278 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3279 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3280 D.setInvalidType(); 3281 } 3282 } 3283 3284 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3285 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3286 // Just return early; it's safer. 3287 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3288 return 0; 3289 3290 NamedDecl *New; 3291 3292 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3293 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3294 3295 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3296 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3297 D.setInvalidType(); 3298 3299 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3300 ForRedeclaration); 3301 3302 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3303 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3304 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3305 3306 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3307 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3308 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3309 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3310 /* Do nothing*/; 3311 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3312 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3313 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3314 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3315 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3316 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3317 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3318 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3319 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3320 3321 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3322 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3323 3324 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3325 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3326 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3327 3328 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3329 // out-of-line members. 3330 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3331 3332 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3333 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3334 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3335 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3336 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3337 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3338 // declarations namespace. 3339 // 3340 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3341 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3342 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3343 // 3344 // class X { 3345 // void f(); 3346 // void f(float); 3347 // }; 3348 // 3349 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3350 // 3351 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3352 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3353 // matches. 3354 3355 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3356 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3357 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3358 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3359 } else { 3360 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3361 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3362 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3363 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3364 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3365 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3366 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3367 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3368 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3369 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3370 else 3371 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3372 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3373 D.setInvalidType(); 3374 } 3375 3376 // C++11 8.3p1: 3377 // ... "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3378 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3379 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc = 3380 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getWithLocInContext(Context); 3381 assert(SpecLoc && "A non-empty CXXScopeSpec should have a non-empty " 3382 "NestedNameSpecifierLoc"); 3383 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3384 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3385 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3386 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3387 Diag(SpecLoc.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3388 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3389 } 3390 } 3391 3392 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3393 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3394 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3395 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3396 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3397 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3398 3399 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3400 Previous.clear(); 3401 } 3402 3403 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3404 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3405 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3406 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3407 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3408 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3409 Previous.clear(); 3410 3411 bool AddToScope = true; 3412 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3413 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3414 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3415 return 0; 3416 } 3417 3418 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3419 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3420 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3421 move(TemplateParamLists), 3422 AddToScope); 3423 } else { 3424 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3425 move(TemplateParamLists)); 3426 } 3427 3428 if (New == 0) 3429 return 0; 3430 3431 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3432 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3433 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3434 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3435 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3436 3437 return New; 3438} 3439 3440/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3441/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3442/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3443static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3444 ASTContext &Context, 3445 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3446 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3447 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3448 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3449 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3450 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3451 SizeIsNegative = false; 3452 Oversized = 0; 3453 3454 if (T->isDependentType()) 3455 return QualType(); 3456 3457 QualifierCollector Qs; 3458 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3459 3460 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3461 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3462 QualType FixedType = 3463 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3464 Oversized); 3465 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3466 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3467 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3468 } 3469 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3470 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3471 QualType FixedType = 3472 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3473 Oversized); 3474 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3475 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3476 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3477 } 3478 3479 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3480 if (!VLATy) 3481 return QualType(); 3482 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3483 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3484 return QualType(); 3485 3486 llvm::APSInt Res; 3487 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3488 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3489 return QualType(); 3490 3491 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3492 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3493 SizeIsNegative = true; 3494 return QualType(); 3495 } 3496 3497 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3498 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3499 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3500 Res); 3501 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3502 Oversized = Res; 3503 return QualType(); 3504 } 3505 3506 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3507 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3508} 3509 3510/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3511/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3512void 3513Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3514 const LookupResult &Previous, 3515 Scope *S) { 3516 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3517 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3518 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3519 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3520 3521 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3522 return; 3523 3524 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3525 3526 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3527 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3528 // declaration. 3529 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3530 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3531 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3532 3533 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3534 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3535 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3536 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3537 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3538 3539 } else { 3540 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3541 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3542 S = S->getParent(); 3543 } 3544 3545 if (S) 3546 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3547 } 3548} 3549 3550llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3551Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3552 if (ExternalSource) { 3553 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3554 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3555 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3556 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3557 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3558 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3559 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3560 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3561 } 3562 } 3563 3564 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3565} 3566 3567/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3568/// does not identify a function. 3569void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3570 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3571 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3572 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3573 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3574 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3575 3576 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3577 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3578 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3579 3580 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3581 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3582 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3583} 3584 3585NamedDecl* 3586Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3587 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3588 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3589 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3590 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3591 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3592 D.setInvalidType(); 3593 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3594 DC = CurContext; 3595 Previous.clear(); 3596 } 3597 3598 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3599 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3600 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3601 } 3602 3603 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3604 3605 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3606 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3607 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3609 << 1; 3610 3611 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3612 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3613 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3614 return 0; 3615 } 3616 3617 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3618 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3619 3620 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3621 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3622 3623 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3624 3625 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3626 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3627 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3628 return ND; 3629} 3630 3631void 3632Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3633 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3634 // then it shall have block scope. 3635 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3636 // that redeclarations will match. 3637 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3638 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3639 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3640 3641 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3642 bool SizeIsNegative; 3643 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3644 QualType FixedTy = 3645 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3646 Oversized); 3647 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3648 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3649 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3650 } else { 3651 if (SizeIsNegative) 3652 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3653 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3654 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3655 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3656 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3657 << Oversized.toString(10); 3658 else 3659 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3660 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3661 } 3662 } 3663 } 3664} 3665 3666 3667/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3668/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3669/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3670NamedDecl* 3671Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3672 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3673 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3674 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3675 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3676 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3677 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3678 Redeclaration = true; 3679 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3680 } 3681 3682 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3683 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3684 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3685 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3686 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3687 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3688 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3689 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3690 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3691 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3692 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 3693 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 3694 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3695 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3696 } 3697 3698 return NewTD; 3699} 3700 3701/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3702/// previous declaration. 3703/// 3704/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3705/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3706/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3707/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3708/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3709/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3710/// 3711/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3712/// lookup 3713/// 3714/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3715/// declared. 3716/// 3717/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3718/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3719static bool 3720isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3721 ASTContext &Context) { 3722 if (!PrevDecl) 3723 return false; 3724 3725 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3726 return false; 3727 3728 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3729 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3730 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3731 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3732 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3733 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3734 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3735 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3736 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3737 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3738 return false; 3739 3740 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3741 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3742 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3743 return false; 3744 3745 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3746 // previous declarations. 3747 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3748 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3749 3750 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3751 // isn't the same function. 3752 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3753 return false; 3754 } 3755 3756 return true; 3757} 3758 3759static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3760 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3761 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3762 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3763} 3764 3765bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3766 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3767 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3768 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3769 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3770 unsigned kind = -1U; 3771 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3772 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3773 kind = 0; // __block 3774 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3775 kind = 1; // global 3776 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3777 kind = 3; // ivar 3778 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3779 kind = 2; // field 3780 } 3781 3782 if (kind != -1U) { 3783 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3784 << kind; 3785 } 3786 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3787 // Try to infer lifetime. 3788 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3789 return false; 3790 3791 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3792 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3793 decl->setType(type); 3794 } 3795 3796 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3797 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3798 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3799 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3800 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3801 << var->getType(); 3802 return true; 3803 } 3804 } 3805 3806 return false; 3807} 3808 3809NamedDecl* 3810Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3811 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 3812 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3813 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3814 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3815 3816 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3817 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3818 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3819 3820 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3821 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3822 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3823 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3824 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3825 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3826 // an error here 3827 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3828 D.setInvalidType(); 3829 SC = SC_None; 3830 } 3831 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3832 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3833 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3834 3835 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3836 if (!II) { 3837 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3838 << Name; 3839 return 0; 3840 } 3841 3842 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3843 3844 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3845 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3846 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3847 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3848 3849 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3850 // is a GNU extension. 3851 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3852 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3853 else 3854 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3855 D.setInvalidType(); 3856 } 3857 } 3858 3859 if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) { 3860 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 3861 // OpenCL __local address space. 3862 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 3863 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 3864 } 3865 3866 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3867 VarDecl *NewVD; 3868 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3869 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3870 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3871 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3872 3873 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3874 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3875 } else { 3876 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3877 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3878 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3879 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3880 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3881 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3882 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3883 SC = SC_Static; 3884 } 3885 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3886 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3887 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3888 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3889 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3890 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3891 3892 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3893 // the program is ill-formed. 3894 // 3895 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3896 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3897 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3898 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3899 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3900 } 3901 } 3902 3903 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3904 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3905 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3906 bool Invalid = false; 3907 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3908 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3909 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3910 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3911 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3912 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3913 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3914 /*never a friend*/ false, 3915 isExplicitSpecialization, 3916 Invalid)) { 3917 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3918 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3919 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3920 << II 3921 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3922 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3923 return 0; 3924 } else { 3925 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3926 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3927 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3928 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3929 << II 3930 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3931 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3932 } 3933 } 3934 3935 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3936 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3937 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3938 3939 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3940 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3941 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3942 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3943 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3944 3945 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3946 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3947 3948 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3949 3950 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3951 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3952 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3953 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3954 } 3955 3956 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3957 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 3958 } 3959 3960 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3961 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3962 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3963 3964 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3965 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3966 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3967 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 3968 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3969 else 3970 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3971 } 3972 3973 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 3974 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 3975 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 3976 << 2 3977 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3978 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3979 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 3980 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 3981 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 3982 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3983 else 3984 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 3985 } 3986 3987 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3988 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3989 3990 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3991 // retainable type. 3992 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3993 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3994 3995 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3996 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3997 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3998 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3999 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4000 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4001 switch (SC) { 4002 case SC_None: 4003 case SC_Auto: 4004 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4005 break; 4006 case SC_Register: 4007 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4008 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4009 break; 4010 case SC_Static: 4011 case SC_Extern: 4012 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4013 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4014 break; 4015 } 4016 } 4017 4018 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4019 Context, Label)); 4020 } 4021 4022 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4023 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4024 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4025 4026 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4027 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4028 // declaration has linkage). 4029 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4030 isExplicitSpecialization); 4031 4032 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4033 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4034 } else { 4035 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4036 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4037 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4038 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4039 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4040 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4041 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4042 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4043 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4044 Previous.clear(); 4045 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4046 } 4047 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4048 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4049 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4050 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4051 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4052 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4053 } 4054 4055 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4056 4057 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4058 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4059 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4060 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4061 } 4062 4063 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4064 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 4065 // here. 4066 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4067 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4068 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 4069 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 4070 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4071 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4072 } 4073 } 4074 4075 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4076 // such variables. 4077 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4078 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4079 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4080 4081 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4082 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4083 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4084 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4085 4086 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4087 4088 return NewVD; 4089} 4090 4091/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4092/// -Wshadow. 4093/// 4094/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4095/// scope. 4096/// 4097/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4098/// \param R the lookup of the name 4099/// 4100void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4101 // Return if warning is ignored. 4102 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4103 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4104 return; 4105 4106 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4107 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4108 return; 4109 4110 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4111 4112 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4113 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4114 return; 4115 4116 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4117 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4118 return; 4119 4120 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4121 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4122 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4123 if (MD->isStatic()) 4124 return; 4125 4126 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4127 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4128 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4129 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4130 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4131 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4132 I != E; ++I) 4133 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4134 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4135 break; 4136 } 4137 } 4138 4139 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4140 4141 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4142 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4143 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4144 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4145 return; 4146 4147 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4148 // static data members from base classes? 4149 4150 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4151 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4152 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4153 } 4154 4155 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4156 unsigned Kind; 4157 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4158 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4159 Kind = 3; // field 4160 else 4161 Kind = 2; // static data member 4162 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4163 Kind = 1; // global 4164 else 4165 Kind = 0; // local 4166 4167 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4168 4169 // Emit warning and note. 4170 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4171 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4172} 4173 4174/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4175void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4176 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4177 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4178 return; 4179 4180 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4181 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4182 LookupName(R, S); 4183 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4184} 4185 4186/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4187/// declaration. 4188/// 4189/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4190/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4191/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4192/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4193/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4194/// 4195/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4196/// 4197/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4198bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4199 LookupResult &Previous) { 4200 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4201 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4202 return false; 4203 4204 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4205 4206 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4207 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4208 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4209 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4210 NewVD->setType(T); 4211 } 4212 4213 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4214 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4215 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4216 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4217 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4218 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4219 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4220 return false; 4221 } 4222 4223 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4224 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4225 if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4226 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4227 else 4228 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4229 } 4230 4231 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4232 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4233 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4234 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4235 4236 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4237 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4238 bool SizeIsNegative; 4239 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4240 QualType FixedTy = 4241 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4242 Oversized); 4243 4244 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4245 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4246 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4247 // int a[10][n]; 4248 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4249 4250 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4251 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4252 << SizeRange; 4253 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4254 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4255 << SizeRange; 4256 else 4257 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4258 << SizeRange; 4259 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4260 return false; 4261 } 4262 4263 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4264 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4265 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4266 else 4267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4268 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4269 return false; 4270 } 4271 4272 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4273 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4274 } 4275 4276 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4277 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4278 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4279 // declaration with the same name. 4280 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4281 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4282 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4283 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4284 } 4285 4286 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4287 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4288 << T; 4289 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4290 return false; 4291 } 4292 4293 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4294 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4295 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4296 return false; 4297 } 4298 4299 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4300 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4301 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4302 return false; 4303 } 4304 4305 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 4306 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 4307 QualType Pointee; 4308 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 4309 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4310 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4311 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 4312 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 4313 PtrOrRef = 1; 4314 } 4315 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4316 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4317 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4318 << PtrOrRef; 4319 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4320 return false; 4321 } 4322 4323 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4324 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4325 return true; 4326 } 4327 return false; 4328} 4329 4330/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4331struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4332 Sema *S; 4333 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4334}; 4335 4336/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4337/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4338/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4339static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4340 CXXBasePath &Path, 4341 void *UserData) { 4342 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4343 4344 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4345 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4346 4347 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4348 4349 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4350 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4351 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4352 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4353 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4354 4355 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4356 } 4357 4358 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4359 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4360 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4361 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4362 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4363 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4364 return true; 4365 } 4366 } 4367 4368 return false; 4369} 4370 4371/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4372/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4373bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4374 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4375 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4376 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4377 Data.Method = MD; 4378 Data.S = this; 4379 bool AddedAny = false; 4380 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4381 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4382 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4383 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4384 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4385 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4386 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4387 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4388 AddedAny = true; 4389 } 4390 } 4391 } 4392 } 4393 4394 return AddedAny; 4395} 4396 4397namespace { 4398 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4399 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4400 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4401 Scope *S; 4402 Declarator &D; 4403 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4404 bool AddToScope; 4405 }; 4406} 4407 4408/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4409/// 4410/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4411/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4412/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4413/// the same name. 4414/// 4415/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4416/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4417static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4418 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4419 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4420 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4421 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4422 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4423 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4424 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4425 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4426 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4427 TypoCorrection Correction; 4428 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4429 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4430 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4431 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4432 4433 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4434 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4435 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4436 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4437 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4438 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4439 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4440 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4441 if (FD && 4442 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4443 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4444 // involve a parameter 4445 unsigned ParamNum = 4446 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4447 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4448 } 4449 } 4450 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4451 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4452 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, NewDC)) && 4453 Correction.getCorrection() != Name) { 4454 // Trap errors. 4455 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4456 4457 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4458 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4459 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4460 Previous.clear(); 4461 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4462 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4463 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4464 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4465 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4466 if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, 4467 MismatchedParams)) { 4468 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4469 } 4470 } 4471 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4472 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4473 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4474 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4475 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4476 NewFD->getDeclContext(), 4477 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 4478 Previous, 4479 ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4480 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4481 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4482 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4483 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4484 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4485 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4486 Previous.clear(); 4487 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4488 Result = NULL; 4489 } else { 4490 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4491 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4492 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4493 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4494 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4495 } 4496 } 4497 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4498 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4499 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4500 } else { 4501 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4502 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4503 } 4504 } 4505 4506 if (Correction) 4507 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4508 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()) 4509 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4510 NewFD->getLocation(), 4511 Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOptions())); 4512 else 4513 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4514 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4515 4516 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4517 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4518 NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4519 4520 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4521 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4522 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4523 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4524 bool FDisConst = false; 4525 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4526 FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4527 4528 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4529 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4530 SemaRef.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4531 diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4532 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4533 } else if (Correction) { 4534 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4535 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()); 4536 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4537 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4538 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4539 } else 4540 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4541 } 4542 return Result; 4543} 4544 4545static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4546 Declarator &D) { 4547 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4548 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4549 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4550 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4551 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4552 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4553 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4554 D.setInvalidType(); 4555 break; 4556 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4557 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4558 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4559 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4560 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4561 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4562 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4563 // other than extern 4564 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4565 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4566 diag::err_static_block_func); 4567 break; 4568 } else 4569 return SC_Static; 4570 } 4571 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4572 } 4573 4574 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4575 return SC_None; 4576} 4577 4578static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4579 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4580 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4581 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4582 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4583 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4584 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4585 4586 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4587 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4588 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4589 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4590 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4591 4592 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4593 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4594 // prototype. This true when: 4595 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4596 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4597 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4598 bool HasPrototype = 4599 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4600 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4601 4602 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4603 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4604 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4605 HasPrototype); 4606 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4607 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4608 4609 // Set the lexical context. 4610 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 4611 4612 return NewFD; 4613 } 4614 4615 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4616 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4617 4618 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4619 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4620 // the class has been completely parsed. 4621 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4622 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4623 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4624 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4625 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 4626 D.setInvalidType(); 4627 4628 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4629 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4630 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4631 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4632 4633 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4634 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4635 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4636 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 4637 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4638 isConstexpr); 4639 4640 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4641 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4642 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4643 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4644 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4645 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 4646 SemaRef.Context, Record, 4647 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4648 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 4649 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4650 4651 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4652 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4653 // it yet. 4654 if (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4655 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4656 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4657 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4658 } 4659 4660 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4661 return NewDD; 4662 4663 } else { 4664 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4665 D.setInvalidType(); 4666 4667 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4668 // code path. 4669 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4670 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4671 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4672 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4673 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4674 } 4675 4676 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4677 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4678 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4679 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4680 return 0; 4681 } 4682 4683 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4684 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4685 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4686 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4687 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 4688 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4689 4690 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4691 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4692 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4693 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4694 // constructor if it has no return type). 4695 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4696 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4697 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4698 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4699 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4700 return 0; 4701 } 4702 4703 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4704 4705 // [class.free]p1: 4706 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4707 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4708 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4709 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4710 isStatic = true; 4711 4712 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4713 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4714 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4715 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4716 isStatic = true; 4717 4718 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4719 4720 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4721 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4722 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4723 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4724 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4725 4726 } else { 4727 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4728 // prototype. This true when: 4729 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4730 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4731 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4732 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4733 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4734 } 4735} 4736 4737NamedDecl* 4738Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4739 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4740 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4741 bool &AddToScope) { 4742 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4743 4744 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4745 4746 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4747 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4748 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4749 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 4750 4751 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4752 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4753 4754 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4755 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4757 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4758 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4759 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4760 4761 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4762 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4763 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4764 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4765 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4766 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4767 } 4768 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4769 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4770 } 4771 4772 bool isFriend = false; 4773 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4774 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4775 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4776 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4777 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4778 4779 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 4780 isVirtualOkay); 4781 if (!NewFD) return 0; 4782 4783 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 4784 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4785 4786 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4787 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4788 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4789 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4790 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4791 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4792 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 4793 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4794 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4795 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4796 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4797 } 4798 4799 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4800 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4801 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4802 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4803 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4804 4805 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4806 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4807 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4808 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4809 4810 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4811 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4812 bool Invalid = false; 4813 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4814 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4815 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4816 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4817 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4818 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4819 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4820 isFriend, 4821 isExplicitSpecialization, 4822 Invalid)) { 4823 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4824 // This is a function template 4825 4826 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4827 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4828 return 0; 4829 4830 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4831 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4832 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4833 return 0; 4834 } 4835 4836 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 4837 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 4838 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 4839 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 4840 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4841 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 4842 Invalid = true; 4843 } 4844 4845 4846 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4847 NewFD->getLocation(), 4848 Name, TemplateParams, 4849 NewFD); 4850 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4851 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4852 4853 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4854 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4855 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4856 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4857 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4858 } 4859 } else { 4860 // This is a function template specialization. 4861 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4862 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4863 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4864 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4865 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4866 4867 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4868 if (isFriend) { 4869 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4870 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4871 4872 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4873 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4874 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4875 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4876 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4877 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4878 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4879 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4880 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4881 } 4882 4883 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4884 << Name << RemoveRange 4885 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4886 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4887 } 4888 } 4889 } 4890 else { 4891 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4892 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4893 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4894 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4895 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4896 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4897 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4898 } 4899 4900 if (Invalid) { 4901 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4902 if (FunctionTemplate) 4903 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4904 } 4905 4906 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4907 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4908 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4909 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4910 // 4911 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4912 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4913 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4914 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4915 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4916 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4918 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4919 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4920 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4921 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4922 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4923 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4924 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4925 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4926 } else { 4927 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4928 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4929 } 4930 } 4931 4932 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4933 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 4934 // declaration. 4935 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4936 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4937 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4938 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4939 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4940 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4941 } 4942 } 4943 4944 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4945 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4946 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 4947 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 4948 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4949 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4950 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4951 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4952 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4953 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4954 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4955 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4956 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4957 // or conversion function. 4958 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4959 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4960 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4961 } 4962 } 4963 4964 if (isConstexpr) { 4965 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 4966 // are implicitly inline. 4967 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4968 4969 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 4970 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 4971 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 4972 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 4973 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 4974 } 4975 4976 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 4977 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4978 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4979 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 4980 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 4981 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4982 << 0 4983 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 4984 } else { 4985 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 4986 if (FunctionTemplate) 4987 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 4988 } 4989 } 4990 4991 if (isFriend) { 4992 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4993 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4994 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4995 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4996 } 4997 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4998 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4999 } 5000 5001 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5002 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5003 case FDK_Declaration: 5004 case FDK_Definition: 5005 break; 5006 5007 case FDK_Defaulted: 5008 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5009 break; 5010 5011 case FDK_Deleted: 5012 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5013 break; 5014 } 5015 5016 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5017 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5018 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5019 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5020 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5021 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5022 } 5023 5024 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5025 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5026 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5027 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5028 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5029 // the class. 5030 5031 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5032 // member function definition. 5033 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5034 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5035 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5036 } 5037 } 5038 5039 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5040 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5041 isExplicitSpecialization || 5042 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5043 5044 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5045 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5046 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5047 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5048 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5049 SE->getString())); 5050 } 5051 5052 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5053 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5054 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5055 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5056 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5057 5058 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5059 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5060 // single void argument. 5061 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5062 // already checks for that case. 5063 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5064 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5065 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5066 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5067 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5068 5069 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5070 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5071 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5072 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5073 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5074 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5075 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5076 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5077 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5078 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5079 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5080 << IsTypeAlias; 5081 } 5082 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5083 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5084 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5085 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5086 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5087 Params.push_back(Param); 5088 5089 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5090 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5091 } 5092 } 5093 5094 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5095 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5096 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5097 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5098 // 5099 // @code 5100 // typedef void fn(int); 5101 // fn f; 5102 // @endcode 5103 5104 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5105 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5106 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5107 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5108 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5109 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5110 Params.push_back(Param); 5111 } 5112 } else { 5113 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5114 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5115 } 5116 5117 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5118 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5119 5120 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5121 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5122 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5123 5124 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5125 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5126 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5127 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5128 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5129 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5130 // because all functions have linkage. 5131 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5132 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5133 } else { 5134 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5135 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5136 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5137 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5138 } 5139 } 5140 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5141 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5142 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5143 } else { 5144 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5145 // argument list into our AST format. 5146 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5147 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5148 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5149 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5150 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5151 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5152 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 5153 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5154 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5155 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5156 TemplateArgs); 5157 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 5158 5159 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5160 5161 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5162 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5163 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5164 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5165 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5166 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5167 5168 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5169 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5170 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5171 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5172 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5173 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5174 // too few of them). 5175 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5176 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5177 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5178 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5179 "template<> "); 5180 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5181 } else { 5182 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5183 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5184 } 5185 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5186 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5187 // wrote something like: 5188 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5189 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5190 // friend void foo<>(int); 5191 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5192 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5193 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5194 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5195 } 5196 5197 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5198 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5199 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5200 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5201 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5202 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5203 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5204 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5205 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5206 InstantiationDependent))) { 5207 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5208 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5209 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5210 Previous)) 5211 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5212 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5213 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5214 && !isFriend) { 5215 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5216 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ? 5217 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5218 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5219 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5220 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5221 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5222 Previous)) 5223 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5224 5225 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5226 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5227 // specialization (14.7.3) 5228 if (SC != SC_None) { 5229 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5230 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5231 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5232 << SC 5233 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5234 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5235 5236 else 5237 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5238 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5239 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5240 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5241 } 5242 5243 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5244 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5245 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5246 } 5247 5248 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5249 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5250 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5251 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5252 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5253 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5254 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5255 } else { 5256 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5257 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5258 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5259 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5260 } 5261 } 5262 5263 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5264 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5265 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5266 5267 if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5268 !CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(NewFD, CCK_Declaration)) 5269 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5270 5271 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5272 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5273 : NewFD); 5274 5275 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5276 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5277 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5278 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 5279 5280 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5281 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5282 5283 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5284 } 5285 5286 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5287 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5288 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5289 5290 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5291 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5292 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5293 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5294 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5295 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5296 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5297 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5298 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5299 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5300 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5301 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5302 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5303 DC->isDependentContext()) 5304 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5305 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5306 } 5307 5308 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5309 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5310 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5311 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5312 AddToScope }; 5313 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5314 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5315 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5316 5317 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5318 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5319 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5320 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5321 5322 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5323 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5324 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5325 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5326 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5327 // can actually do this check immediately. 5328 if (isFriend && 5329 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5330 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5331 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5332 // ignore these 5333 } else { 5334 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5335 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5336 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5337 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5338 // 5339 // class X { 5340 // void f() const; 5341 // }; 5342 // 5343 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5344 // 5345 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5346 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5347 // whether the parameter types are references). 5348 5349 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5350 NewFD, 5351 ExtraArgs)) { 5352 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5353 return Result; 5354 } 5355 } 5356 5357 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5358 // to something. 5359 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5360 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5361 NewFD, 5362 ExtraArgs)) { 5363 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5364 return Result; 5365 } 5366 } 5367 5368 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5369 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5370 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5371 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5372 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5373 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5374 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5375 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5376 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5377 // generate them. 5378 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5379 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5380 } 5381 } 5382 5383 5384 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 5385 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 5386 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5387 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5388 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5389 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5390 5391 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5392 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5393 if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5394 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5395 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5396 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5397 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5398 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5399 } 5400 } 5401 5402 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5403 5404 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5405 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5406 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5407 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5408 << NewFD; 5409 5410 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5411 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5412 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5413 EPI.Variadic = true; 5414 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5415 5416 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5417 NewFD->setType(R); 5418 } 5419 5420 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5421 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5422 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5423 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5424 5425 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5426 // marking the function. 5427 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5428 5429 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5430 // map of such names. 5431 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5432 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5433 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5434 5435 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5436 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5437 5438 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5439 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5440 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5441 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5442 return FunctionTemplate; 5443 } 5444 } 5445 5446 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5447 5448 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 5449 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5450 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5451 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5452 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5453 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5454 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5455 5456 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5457 } 5458 } 5459 5460 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5461 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5462 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5463 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5464 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5465 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5466 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5467 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5468 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5469 AddToScope = false; 5470 } 5471 5472 return NewFD; 5473} 5474 5475/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5476/// 5477/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5478/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5479/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5480/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5481/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5482/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5483/// via InstantiateDecl). 5484/// 5485/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5486/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5487/// 5488/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5489/// 5490/// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5491bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5492 LookupResult &Previous, 5493 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5494 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5495 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5496 5497 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5498 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5499 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5500 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5501 // declaration with the same name. 5502 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5503 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5504 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5505 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5506 } 5507 5508 bool Redeclaration = false; 5509 5510 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5511 // the same name, if appropriate. 5512 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5513 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5514 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5515 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5516 // function to the scope. 5517 5518 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5519 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5520 Redeclaration = true; 5521 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5522 } else { 5523 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5524 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5525 case Ovl_Match: 5526 Redeclaration = true; 5527 break; 5528 5529 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5530 Redeclaration = true; 5531 break; 5532 5533 case Ovl_Overload: 5534 Redeclaration = false; 5535 break; 5536 } 5537 5538 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5539 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5540 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5541 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5542 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5543 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5544 if (Redeclaration) 5545 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5546 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5547 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5548 if (OverloadedDecl) 5549 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5550 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5551 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5552 Context)); 5553 } 5554 } 5555 5556 if (Redeclaration) { 5557 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5558 // merged. 5559 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 5560 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5561 return Redeclaration; 5562 } 5563 5564 Previous.clear(); 5565 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5566 5567 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5568 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5569 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5570 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5571 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5572 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5573 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5574 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5575 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5576 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5577 } 5578 5579 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5580 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5581 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5582 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5583 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5584 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5585 } 5586 5587 } else { 5588 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5589 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5590 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5591 } 5592 } 5593 } 5594 5595 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5596 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5597 // C++-specific checks. 5598 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5599 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5600 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5601 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5602 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5603 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5604 5605 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5606 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5607 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5608 DeclarationName Name 5609 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5610 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5611 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5612 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5613 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5614 return Redeclaration; 5615 } 5616 } 5617 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5618 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5619 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5620 } 5621 5622 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5623 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5624 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5625 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5626 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5627 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5628 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5629 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5630 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5631 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5632 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5633 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5634 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5635 ++Overridden) { 5636 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5637 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5638 } 5639 } 5640 } 5641 } 5642 } 5643 5644 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5645 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5646 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5647 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5648 return Redeclaration; 5649 } 5650 5651 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5652 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5653 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5654 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5655 return Redeclaration; 5656 } 5657 5658 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5659 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5660 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5661 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5662 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5663 5664 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5665 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5666 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5667 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5668 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5669 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5670 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5671 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5672 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5673 } 5674 } 5675 } 5676 return Redeclaration; 5677} 5678 5679void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 5680 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5681 // or static is ill-formed. 5682 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5683 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5684 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5685 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5686 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 5687 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 5688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5689 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5690 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 5691 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 5692 5693 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5694 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5695 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5696 5697 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5698 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5699 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5700 } 5701 5702 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5703 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5704 5705 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5706 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5707 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5708 5709 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5710 5711 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5712 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5713 // getting shifty. 5714 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5715 HasExtraParameters = false; 5716 5717 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5718 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5719 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5720 nparams = 3; 5721 } 5722 5723 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5724 // if we had some location information about types. 5725 5726 QualType CharPP = 5727 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5728 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5729 5730 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5731 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5732 5733 bool mismatch = true; 5734 5735 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5736 mismatch = false; 5737 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5738 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5739 // char const ** 5740 // char const * const * 5741 // char * const * 5742 5743 QualifierCollector qs; 5744 const PointerType* PT; 5745 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5746 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5747 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5748 qs.removeConst(); 5749 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5750 } 5751 } 5752 5753 if (mismatch) { 5754 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5755 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5756 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5757 } 5758 } 5759 5760 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5761 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5762 } 5763 5764 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5765 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5766 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5767 } 5768} 5769 5770bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5771 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5772 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5773 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5774 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5775 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5776 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5777 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5778 // rules there don't matter.) 5779 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5780 return false; 5781 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5782 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5783 return true; 5784} 5785 5786namespace { 5787 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5788 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5789 class SelfReferenceChecker 5790 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5791 Sema &S; 5792 Decl *OrigDecl; 5793 bool isRecordType; 5794 bool isPODType; 5795 5796 public: 5797 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5798 5799 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5800 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 5801 isPODType = false; 5802 isRecordType = false; 5803 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 5804 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 5805 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 5806 } 5807 } 5808 5809 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5810 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5811 if (isRecordType) { 5812 Expr *expr = E; 5813 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 5814 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 5815 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 5816 expr = ME->getBase(); 5817 } 5818 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 5819 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5820 return; 5821 } 5822 } 5823 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5824 } 5825 5826 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 5827 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 5828 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) 5829 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 5830 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 5831 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5832 return; 5833 } 5834 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 5835 } 5836 5837 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5838 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 5839 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 5840 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5841 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 5842 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5843 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 5844 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5845 return; 5846 } 5847 } 5848 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5849 } 5850 5851 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 5852 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 5853 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 5854 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 5855 } 5856 5857 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 5858 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5859 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5860 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5861 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5862 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 5863 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5864 << Result.getLookupName() 5865 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5866 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 5867 } 5868 }; 5869} 5870 5871/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 5872void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 5873 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 5874} 5875 5876/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5877/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5878/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5879void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5880 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5881 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5882 // the initializer. 5883 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5884 return; 5885 5886 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5887 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5888 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5889 // by a dataflow analysis. 5890 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5891 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5892 } 5893 else { 5894 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5895 } 5896 5897 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5898 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5899 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5900 // Thus this grotesque test. 5901 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5902 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5903 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5904 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5905 else { 5906 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5907 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5908 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5909 } 5910 return; 5911 } 5912 5913 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5914 if (!VDecl) { 5915 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5916 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5917 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5918 return; 5919 } 5920 5921 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5922 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5923 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5924 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5925 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5926 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5927 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5928 if (!DeducedType) { 5929 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5930 return; 5931 } 5932 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5933 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5934 5935 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5936 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5937 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5938 5939 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5940 // the previously declared type. 5941 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5942 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5943 } 5944 5945 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 5946 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 5947 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5948 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5949 return; 5950 } 5951 5952 5953 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5954 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5955 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5956 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5957 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5958 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5959 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5960 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5961 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5962 return; 5963 } 5964 5965 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5966 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5967 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5968 AbstractVariableType)) 5969 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5970 5971 const VarDecl *Def; 5972 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5973 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5974 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5975 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5976 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5977 return; 5978 } 5979 5980 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5981 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5982 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5983 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5984 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5985 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5986 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5987 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5988 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5989 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5990 // 5991 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5992 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5993 // declaration with an initializer. 5994 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5995 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5996 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5997 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5998 return; 5999 } 6000 6001 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6002 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6003 6004 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6005 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6006 return; 6007 } 6008 } 6009 6010 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6011 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6012 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6013 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6014 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6015 return; 6016 } 6017 6018 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6019 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6020 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6021 6022 // Perform the initialization. 6023 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6024 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6025 InitializationKind Kind 6026 = DirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6027 Init->getLocStart(), 6028 Init->getLocEnd()) 6029 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6030 Init->getLocStart()); 6031 6032 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 6033 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6034 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 6035 &DclT); 6036 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6037 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6038 return; 6039 } 6040 6041 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6042 } 6043 6044 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6045 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6046 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6047 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6048 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 6049 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6050 Init->setType(DclT.getNonReferenceType()); 6051 } 6052 6053 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6054 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6055 6056 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6057 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6058 6059 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6060 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6061 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6062 6063 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6064 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6065 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6066 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6067 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6068 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6069 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6070 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6071 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6072 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6073 // 6074 // struct S { 6075 // static const int value = 17; 6076 // }; 6077 6078 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6079 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6080 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6081 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6082 // 6083 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6084 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6085 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6086 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6087 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6088 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6089 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6090 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6091 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6092 6093 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6094 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6095 6096 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6097 // type. We separately check that the initializer is a constant expression, 6098 // which implicitly requires the member to be of literal type. 6099 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6100 6101 // Require constness. 6102 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6103 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6104 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6105 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6106 6107 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6108 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6109 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6110 SourceLocation Loc; 6111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6112 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6113 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6114 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6115 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6116 ; // Nothing to check. 6117 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6118 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6119 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6120 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6121 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6122 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6123 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6124 } else { 6125 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6126 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6127 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6128 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6129 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6130 } 6131 6132 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6133 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6134 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6135 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6136 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) 6137 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6138 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6139 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6140 6141 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6142 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6143 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6144 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6145 } 6146 6147 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6148 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6149 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6150 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6151 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6152 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6153 6154 } else { 6155 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6156 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6157 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6158 } 6159 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6160 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6161 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 6162 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6163 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6164 6165 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6166 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6167 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6168 } 6169 6170 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6171} 6172 6173/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6174/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6175/// of sanity. 6176void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6177 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6178 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6179 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6180 6181 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6182 if (!VD) return; 6183 6184 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6185 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6186 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6187 return; 6188 } 6189 6190 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6191 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6192 6193 // Require a complete type. 6194 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6195 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6196 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6197 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6198 return; 6199 } 6200 6201 // Require an abstract type. 6202 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6203 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6204 AbstractVariableType)) { 6205 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6206 return; 6207 } 6208 6209 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6210 // though. 6211} 6212 6213void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6214 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6215 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6216 if (RealDecl == 0) 6217 return; 6218 6219 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6220 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6221 6222 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6223 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6224 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6225 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6226 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6227 return; 6228 } 6229 6230 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6231 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6232 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6233 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6234 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6235 // member. 6236 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6237 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6238 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6239 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6240 << Var->getDeclName(); 6241 else 6242 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6243 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6244 return; 6245 } 6246 6247 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6248 case VarDecl::Definition: 6249 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6250 break; 6251 6252 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6253 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6254 // a declaration. 6255 // 6256 // Fall through 6257 6258 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6259 // It's only a declaration. 6260 6261 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6262 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6263 // object shall be complete. 6264 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6265 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6266 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6267 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6268 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6269 6270 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6271 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6272 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6273 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6274 AbstractVariableType)) 6275 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6276 return; 6277 6278 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6279 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6280 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6281 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6282 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6283 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6284 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6285 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6286 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6287 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6288 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6289 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6290 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6291 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6292 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6293 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6294 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6295 // NOTE: code such as the following 6296 // static struct s; 6297 // struct s { int a; }; 6298 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6299 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6300 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6301 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 6302 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6303 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6304 } 6305 } 6306 6307 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6308 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6309 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6310 return; 6311 } 6312 6313 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6314 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6315 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6316 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6317 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6318 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6319 return; 6320 } 6321 6322 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6323 // definitions with reference type. 6324 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6325 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6326 << Var->getDeclName() 6327 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6328 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6329 return; 6330 } 6331 6332 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6333 // variable with dependent type. 6334 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6335 return; 6336 6337 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6338 return; 6339 6340 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6341 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6342 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6343 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6344 return; 6345 } 6346 6347 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6348 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6349 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6350 AbstractVariableType)) { 6351 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6352 return; 6353 } 6354 6355 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6356 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6357 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6358 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6359 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6360 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6361 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6362 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6363 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6364 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6365 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6366 if (const RecordType *Record 6367 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6368 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6369 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6370 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6371 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6372 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6373 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6374 } 6375 } 6376 6377 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6378 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6379 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6380 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6381 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6382 // type shall have a user-declared default 6383 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6384 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6385 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6386 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6387 // program is ill-formed. 6388 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6389 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6390 // default-initialized; [...]. 6391 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6392 InitializationKind Kind 6393 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6394 6395 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6396 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6397 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6398 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6399 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6400 else if (Init.get()) 6401 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6402 6403 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6404 } 6405} 6406 6407void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6408 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6409 if (!VD) { 6410 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6411 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6412 return; 6413 } 6414 6415 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6416 6417 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6418 int Error = -1; 6419 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6420 case SC_None: 6421 break; 6422 case SC_Extern: 6423 Error = 0; 6424 break; 6425 case SC_Static: 6426 Error = 1; 6427 break; 6428 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6429 Error = 2; 6430 break; 6431 case SC_Auto: 6432 Error = 3; 6433 break; 6434 case SC_Register: 6435 Error = 4; 6436 break; 6437 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6438 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6439 } 6440 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6441 Error = 5; 6442 if (Error != -1) { 6443 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6444 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6445 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6446 } 6447} 6448 6449void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6450 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6451 6452 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6453 // local retaining variable. 6454 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6455 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6456 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6457 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6458 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6459 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6460 break; 6461 6462 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6463 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6464 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6465 break; 6466 } 6467 } 6468 6469 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6470 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 6471 6472 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6473 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6474 6475 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6476 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6477 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6478 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6479 6480 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6481 // constructing this copy. 6482 QualType type = var->getType(); 6483 6484 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6485 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6486 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6487 ExprResult result = 6488 PerformCopyInitialization( 6489 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6490 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6491 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6492 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6493 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6494 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6495 } 6496 } 6497 } 6498 6499 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 6500 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 6501 6502 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 6503 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 6504 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 6505 var->getLocation()) 6506 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 6507 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 6508 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6509 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6510 6511 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 6512 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 6513 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 6514 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 6515 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 6516 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 6517 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 6518 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 6519 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 6520 Notes.clear(); 6521 } 6522 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 6523 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 6524 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 6525 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 6526 } 6527 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions()) { 6528 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 6529 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 6530 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 6531 var->checkInitIsICE(); 6532 } 6533 } 6534 6535 // Require the destructor. 6536 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6537 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6538} 6539 6540/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6541/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6542void 6543Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6544 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6545 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6546} 6547 6548Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6549Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6550 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6551 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6552 6553 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6554 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6555 6556 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6557 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6558 Decls.push_back(D); 6559 6560 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6561 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6562} 6563 6564/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6565/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6566Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6567Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6568 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6569 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6570 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6571 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6572 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6573 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6574 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6575 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6576 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6577 QualType Deduced; 6578 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6579 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6580 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6581 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6582 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6583 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6584 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6585 break; 6586 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6587 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6588 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6589 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6590 Deduced = U; 6591 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6592 DeducedDecl = D; 6593 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6594 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6595 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6596 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6597 << U << D->getDeclName() 6598 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6599 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6600 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6601 break; 6602 } 6603 } 6604 } 6605 } 6606 } 6607 6608 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6609} 6610 6611 6612/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6613/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6614Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6615 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6616 6617 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6618 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 6619 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6620 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6621 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6622 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6623 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6624 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6625 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 6626 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 6627 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 6628 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6629 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6630 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6631 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6632 } 6633 6634 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6635 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6636 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6637 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6638 << 0; 6639 6640 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6641 6642 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6643 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6644 6645 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6646 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6647 // parameter. 6648 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6649 6650 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6651 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6652 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6653 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6654 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6655 } 6656 } 6657 6658 // Ensure we have a valid name 6659 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6660 if (D.hasName()) { 6661 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6662 if (!II) { 6663 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6664 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6665 D.setInvalidType(true); 6666 } 6667 } 6668 6669 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6670 if (II) { 6671 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6672 ForRedeclaration); 6673 LookupName(R, S); 6674 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6675 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6676 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6677 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6678 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6679 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6680 PrevDecl = 0; 6681 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6682 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6683 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6684 6685 // Recover by removing the name 6686 II = 0; 6687 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6688 D.setInvalidType(true); 6689 } 6690 } 6691 } 6692 6693 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6694 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6695 // looking like class members in C++. 6696 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6697 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6698 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6699 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6700 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6701 6702 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6703 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6704 6705 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6706 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6707 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6708 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6709 6710 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6711 S->AddDecl(New); 6712 if (II) 6713 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6714 6715 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6716 6717 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 6718 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6719 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 6720 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6721 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6722 6723 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6724 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6725 } 6726 return New; 6727} 6728 6729/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6730/// typedef. 6731ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6732 SourceLocation Loc, 6733 QualType T) { 6734 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6735 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6736 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6737 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6738 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6739 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6740 Param->setImplicit(); 6741 return Param; 6742} 6743 6744void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6745 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6746 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6747 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6748 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6749 return; 6750 6751 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6752 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6753 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6754 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6755 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6756 } 6757 } 6758} 6759 6760void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6761 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6762 QualType ReturnTy, 6763 NamedDecl *D) { 6764 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6765 return; 6766 6767 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6768 // threshold. 6769 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6770 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6771 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6772 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6773 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6774 } 6775 6776 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6777 // threshold. 6778 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6779 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6780 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6781 continue; 6782 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6783 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6784 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6785 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6786 } 6787} 6788 6789ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6790 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6791 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6792 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6793 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6794 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6795 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6796 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6797 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6798 6799 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6800 6801 // Special cases for arrays: 6802 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6803 // - otherwise, it's an error 6804 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6805 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6806 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 6807 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 6808 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 6809 } 6810 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6811 } else { 6812 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6813 } 6814 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6815 } 6816 6817 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6818 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 6819 TSInfo, 6820 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6821 0); 6822 6823 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6824 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6825 // the class has been completely parsed. 6826 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6827 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6828 AbstractParamType)) 6829 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6830 6831 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6832 // passed by reference. 6833 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6834 Diag(NameLoc, 6835 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 6836 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 6837 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6838 New->setType(T); 6839 } 6840 6841 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6842 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6843 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6844 // an address space. 6845 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6846 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6847 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6848 } 6849 6850 return New; 6851} 6852 6853void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6854 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6855 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6856 6857 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6858 // for a K&R function. 6859 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6860 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6861 --i; 6862 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6863 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6864 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6865 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6866 << ";\n"; 6867 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6868 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6869 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6870 6871 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6872 // type. 6873 AttributeFactory attrs; 6874 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6875 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6876 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6877 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6878 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6879 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6880 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6881 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6882 } 6883 } 6884 } 6885} 6886 6887Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6888 Declarator &D) { 6889 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6890 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6891 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6892 6893 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 6894 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6895 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 6896 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6897} 6898 6899static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6900 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6901 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6902 return false; 6903 6904 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6905 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6906 return false; 6907 6908 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6909 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6910 return false; 6911 6912 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6913 if (FD->isMain()) 6914 return false; 6915 6916 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6917 if (FD->isInlined()) 6918 return false; 6919 6920 // Don't warn about function templates. 6921 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6922 return false; 6923 6924 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6925 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6926 return false; 6927 6928 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6929 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6930 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6931 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6932 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6933 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6934 continue; 6935 6936 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6937 break; 6938 } 6939 6940 return MissingPrototype; 6941} 6942 6943void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6944 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6945 // was an extern inline function. 6946 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6947 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6948 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6949 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6950 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6951 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6952 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6953 else 6954 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6955 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6956 } 6957} 6958 6959Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6960 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6961 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6962 6963 if (!D) 6964 return D; 6965 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6966 6967 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6968 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6969 else 6970 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6971 6972 // Enter a new function scope 6973 PushFunctionScope(); 6974 6975 // See if this is a redefinition. 6976 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6977 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6978 6979 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6980 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6981 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6983 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6984 } 6985 } 6986 6987 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6988 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6989 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6990 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6991 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6992 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6993 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6994 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6995 6996 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6997 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6998 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6999 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7000 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7001 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7002 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7003 7004 if (FnBodyScope) 7005 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7006 7007 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7008 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7009 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7010 7011 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7012 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7013 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7014 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7015 7016 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7017 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7018 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7019 7020 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7021 } 7022 } 7023 7024 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7025 // dllimport attribute. 7026 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7027 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7028 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7029 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7030 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7031 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7032 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7033 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7034 << "dllimport"; 7035 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7036 return FD; 7037 } 7038 7039 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7040 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7041 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7042 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7043 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7044 // emitted. 7045 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7046 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7047 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7048 } 7049 } 7050 return FD; 7051} 7052 7053/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7054/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7055/// optimization. 7056/// 7057/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7058/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7059/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7060/// use the named return value optimization. 7061/// 7062/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7063/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7064/// the NRVO variable. 7065/// 7066/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7067/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7068/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7069void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7070 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7071 7072 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7073 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7074 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7075 return; 7076 7077 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7078 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7079 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7080 return; 7081 } 7082 7083 if (NRVOCandidate) 7084 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7085} 7086 7087Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7088 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 7089} 7090 7091Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7092 bool IsInstantiation) { 7093 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7094 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7095 if (FunTmpl) 7096 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7097 else 7098 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7099 7100 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7101 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7102 7103 if (FD) { 7104 FD->setBody(Body); 7105 if (FD->isMain()) { 7106 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 7107 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7108 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7109 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7110 } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 7111 // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return 7112 // statements. 7113 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7114 } 7115 7116 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7117 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7118 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7119 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7120 7121 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7122 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7123 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7124 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7125 7126 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7127 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7128 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7129 7130 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7131 } 7132 7133 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 7134 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7135 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7136 MD->setBody(Body); 7137 if (Body) 7138 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 7139 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7140 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7141 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7142 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7143 7144 if (Body) 7145 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7146 } 7147 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7148 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7149 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7150 } 7151 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7152 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7153 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7154 } 7155 } else { 7156 return 0; 7157 } 7158 7159 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 7160 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7161 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 7162 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7163 7164 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7165 if (Body) { 7166 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7167 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7168 // Verify this. 7169 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7170 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7171 7172 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7173 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7174 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7175 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 7176 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7177 7178 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7179 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7180 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7181 7182 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7183 Destructor->getParent()); 7184 } 7185 7186 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7187 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7188 // deletion in some later function. 7189 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7190 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7191 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7192 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7193 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7194 // enabled. 7195 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7196 } 7197 7198 if (FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7199 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)) 7200 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7201 7202 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7203 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7204 } 7205 7206 if (!IsInstantiation) 7207 PopDeclContext(); 7208 7209 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7210 7211 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7212 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7213 // deletion in some later function. 7214 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7215 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7216 } 7217 7218 return dcl; 7219} 7220 7221 7222/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7223/// relevant Decl. 7224void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7225 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7226 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7227} 7228 7229 7230/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7231/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7232NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7233 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7234 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7235 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7236 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7237 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7238 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7239 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7240 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7241 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7242 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7243 return Pos->second; 7244 } 7245 7246 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7247 unsigned diag_id; 7248 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7249 diag_id = diag::err_builtin_unknown; 7250 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 7251 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7252 else 7253 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7254 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7255 7256 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7257 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7258 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7259 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7260 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7261 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0))) { 7262 NamedDecl *Decl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 7263 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) { 7264 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()); 7265 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()); 7266 7267 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7268 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7269 7270 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7271 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7272 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7273 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7274 } 7275 } 7276 } 7277 7278 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7279 const char *Dummy; 7280 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7281 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7282 unsigned DiagID; 7283 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7284 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7285 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7286 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7287 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 7288 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 7289 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7290 SourceLocation(), 7291 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7292 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7293 DS.getAttributes(), 7294 SourceLocation()); 7295 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7296 7297 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7298 7299 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7300 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7301 7302 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 7303 FD->setImplicit(); 7304 7305 CurContext = PrevDC; 7306 7307 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 7308 7309 return FD; 7310} 7311 7312/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 7313/// the declaration of this function. 7314/// 7315/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 7316/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 7317/// like NSLog or printf. 7318/// 7319/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 7320/// attributes are applied to declarations. 7321void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7322 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7323 return; 7324 7325 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 7326 // actual attributes. 7327 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7328 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 7329 unsigned FormatIdx; 7330 bool HasVAListArg; 7331 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 7332 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7333 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7334 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 7335 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7336 } 7337 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 7338 HasVAListArg)) { 7339 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7340 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7341 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 7342 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7343 } 7344 7345 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 7346 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 7347 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 7348 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 7349 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 7350 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7351 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7352 } 7353 7354 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 7355 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 7356 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7357 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 7358 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7359 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7360 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7361 } 7362 7363 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 7364 if (!Name) 7365 return; 7366 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7367 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 7368 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 7369 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 7370 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 7371 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7372 // about. 7373 } else 7374 return; 7375 7376 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 7377 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 7378 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7379 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 7380 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 7381 } else 7382 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7383 "printf", 1, 7384 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 7385 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7386 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7387 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7388 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7389 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7390 "printf", 2, 7391 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7392 } 7393} 7394 7395TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7396 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7397 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7398 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7399 7400 if (!TInfo) { 7401 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7402 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7403 } 7404 7405 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7406 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7407 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 7408 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7409 D.getIdentifier(), 7410 TInfo); 7411 7412 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7413 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7414 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7415 return NewTD; 7416 } 7417 7418 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7419 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7420 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7421 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7422 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7424 else 7425 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7426 } 7427 7428 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7429 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7430 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7431 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7432 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7433 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7434 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7435 case TST_enum: 7436 case TST_struct: 7437 case TST_union: 7438 case TST_class: { 7439 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7440 7441 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7442 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7443 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7444 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7445 7446 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7447 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7448 7449 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7450 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7451 break; 7452 7453 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7454 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7455 break; 7456 } 7457 7458 default: 7459 break; 7460 } 7461 7462 return NewTD; 7463} 7464 7465 7466/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 7467/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 7468/// 7469/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 7470bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 7471 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 7472 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 7473 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 7474 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 7475 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 7476 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 7477 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 7478 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 7479 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 7480 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 7481 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 7482 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 7483 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 7484 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 7485 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 7486 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 7487 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 7488 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 7489 if (OldTag == NewTag) 7490 return true; 7491 7492 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 7493 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7494 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7495 bool isTemplate = false; 7496 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7497 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7498 7499 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7500 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7501 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7502 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7503 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7504 return true; 7505 } 7506 7507 if (isDefinition) { 7508 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7509 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7510 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7511 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7512 return true; 7513 } 7514 7515 bool previousMismatch = false; 7516 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7517 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7518 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7519 if (!previousMismatch) { 7520 previousMismatch = true; 7521 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7522 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7523 } 7524 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7525 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7526 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7527 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7528 "class" : "struct"); 7529 } 7530 } 7531 return true; 7532 } 7533 7534 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7535 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7536 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7537 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7538 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7539 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7540 return true; 7541 } 7542 7543 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7544 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7545 << isTemplate << &Name; 7546 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7547 7548 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7549 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7550 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7551 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7552 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7553 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7554 } 7555 7556 return true; 7557 } 7558 return false; 7559} 7560 7561/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7562/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7563/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7564/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7565Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7566 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7567 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7568 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7569 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 7570 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7571 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7572 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7573 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7574 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7575 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7576 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7577 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7578 7579 OwnedDecl = false; 7580 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7581 7582 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7583 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7584 bool Invalid = false; 7585 7586 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7587 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7588 // for non-C++ cases. 7589 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7590 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7591 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7592 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7593 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7594 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7595 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7596 isExplicitSpecialization, 7597 Invalid)) { 7598 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7599 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 7600 // be a member of another template). 7601 7602 if (Invalid) 7603 return 0; 7604 7605 OwnedDecl = false; 7606 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 7607 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 7608 TemplateParams, AS, 7609 ModulePrivateLoc, 7610 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 7611 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7612 return Result.get(); 7613 } else { 7614 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 7615 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 7616 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 7617 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 7618 } 7619 } 7620 } 7621 7622 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 7623 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 7624 // redeclaration. 7625 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 7626 7627 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7628 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 7629 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 7630 // type, default to int. 7631 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7632 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 7633 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 7634 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 7635 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 7636 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 7637 EnumUnderlying = TI; 7638 7639 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7640 7641 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 7642 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 7643 << T; 7644 // Recover by falling back to int. 7645 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7646 } 7647 7648 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 7649 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 7650 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7651 7652 } else if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 7653 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 7654 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7655 } 7656 7657 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 7658 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7659 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 7660 7661 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 7662 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 7663 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 7664 7665 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 7666 7667 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7668 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 7669 7670 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 7671 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 7672 Name = 0; 7673 goto CreateNewDecl; 7674 } 7675 7676 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 7677 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 7678 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7679 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 7680 if (!DC) { 7681 IsDependent = true; 7682 return 0; 7683 } 7684 } else { 7685 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 7686 if (!DC) { 7687 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 7688 << SS.getRange(); 7689 return 0; 7690 } 7691 } 7692 7693 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 7694 return 0; 7695 7696 SearchDC = DC; 7697 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 7698 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 7699 7700 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7701 return 0; 7702 7703 if (Previous.empty()) { 7704 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7705 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7706 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7707 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7708 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7709 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7710 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7711 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7712 IsDependent = true; 7713 return 0; 7714 } 7715 7716 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7717 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7718 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7719 Name = 0; 7720 Invalid = true; 7721 goto CreateNewDecl; 7722 } 7723 } else if (Name) { 7724 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7725 // declaration or definition. 7726 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7727 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7728 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7729 LookupName(Previous, S); 7730 7731 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7732 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7733 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7734 while (F.hasNext()) { 7735 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7736 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7737 F.erase(); 7738 } 7739 F.done(); 7740 } 7741 7742 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7743 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7744 return 0; 7745 7746 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7747 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7748 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7749 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7750 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7751 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7752 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7753 } 7754 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7755 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7756 // initial context to the translation unit. 7757 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7758 } 7759 7760 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7761 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7762 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7763 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7764 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7765 Previous.clear(); 7766 } 7767 7768 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7769 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7770 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7771 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7772 7773 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7774 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7775 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7776 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7777 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7778 } 7779 } 7780 7781 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7782 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7783 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7784 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7785 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7786 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7787 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7788 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7789 7790 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7791 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7792 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7793 // 7794 // class-key identifier 7795 // 7796 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7797 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7798 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7799 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7800 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7801 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7802 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7803 // declaration. 7804 // 7805 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7806 // C structs and unions. 7807 // 7808 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7809 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7810 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7811 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7812 // 7813 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7814 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7815 // 7816 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7817 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7818 // lexical context, 7819 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7820 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7821 7822 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7823 while (S->isClassScope() || 7824 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7825 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7826 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7827 (S->getEntity() && 7828 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7829 S = S->getParent(); 7830 } else { 7831 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7832 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7833 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7834 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7835 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7836 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7837 } 7838 7839 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7840 // diagnose some problems. 7841 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7842 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7843 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7844 } 7845 } 7846 7847 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7848 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7849 7850 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7851 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7852 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7853 // in C++. 7854 // 7855 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7856 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7857 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7858 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7859 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7860 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7861 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7862 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7863 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7864 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7865 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7866 PrevDecl = Tag; 7867 Previous.clear(); 7868 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7869 Previous.resolveKind(); 7870 } 7871 } 7872 } 7873 } 7874 7875 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7876 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7877 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7878 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7879 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7880 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7881 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7882 // struct or something similar. 7883 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7884 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7885 *Name)) { 7886 bool SafeToContinue 7887 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7888 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7889 if (SafeToContinue) 7890 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7891 << Name 7892 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7893 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7894 else 7895 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7896 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7897 7898 if (SafeToContinue) 7899 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7900 else { 7901 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7902 Name = 0; 7903 Previous.clear(); 7904 Invalid = true; 7905 } 7906 } 7907 7908 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7909 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7910 7911 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7912 // returning the previous declaration. 7913 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7914 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7915 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7916 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7917 return PrevTagDecl; 7918 } 7919 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7920 QualType T; 7921 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7922 T = TI->getType(); 7923 else 7924 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7925 7926 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, 7927 PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7928 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7929 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7930 << T 7931 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7932 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7933 return PrevTagDecl; 7934 } 7935 } 7936 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7937 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7938 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7939 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7940 return PrevTagDecl; 7941 } 7942 } 7943 7944 if (!Invalid) { 7945 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7946 7947 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7948 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7949 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7950 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7951 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7952 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7953 return PrevTagDecl; 7954 7955 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7956 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7957 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7958 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7959 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7960 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7961 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7962 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7963 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7964 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7965 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7966 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7967 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7968 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7969 // references get the previous definition. 7970 Name = 0; 7971 Previous.clear(); 7972 Invalid = true; 7973 } 7974 } else { 7975 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7976 // about a nested redefinition. 7977 const TagType *Tag 7978 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7979 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7980 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7981 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7982 diag::note_previous_definition); 7983 Name = 0; 7984 Previous.clear(); 7985 Invalid = true; 7986 } 7987 } 7988 7989 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7990 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7991 } 7992 } 7993 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7994 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7995 7996 } else { 7997 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7998 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7999 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8000 // have distinct types. 8001 Previous.clear(); 8002 } 8003 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8004 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8005 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8006 8007 8008 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8009 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8010 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8011 } else { 8012 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 8013 8014 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8015 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8016 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8017 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8018 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8019 unsigned Kind = 0; 8020 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8021 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8022 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8023 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8024 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8025 Invalid = true; 8026 8027 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8028 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8029 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8030 // do nothing 8031 8032 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8033 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8034 unsigned Kind = 0; 8035 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8036 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8037 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8038 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8039 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8040 Invalid = true; 8041 8042 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8043 // case here. 8044 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8045 unsigned Kind = 0; 8046 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8047 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8048 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8049 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8050 Invalid = true; 8051 8052 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8053 } else { 8054 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8055 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8056 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8057 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8058 Name = 0; 8059 Invalid = true; 8060 } 8061 8062 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8063 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8064 Previous.clear(); 8065 } 8066 } 8067 8068CreateNewDecl: 8069 8070 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8071 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8072 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8073 8074 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8075 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8076 // keyword. 8077 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8078 8079 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8080 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8081 // PrevDecl. 8082 TagDecl *New; 8083 8084 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8085 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8086 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8087 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8088 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8089 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8090 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8091 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8092 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8093 TagDecl *Def; 8094 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8095 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8096 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8097 } 8098 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8099 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8100 << New; 8101 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8102 } else { 8103 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8104 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 8105 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8106 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8107 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8108 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8109 8110 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8111 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8112 // the declaration context. 8113 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8114 IsForwardReference = true; 8115 } 8116 } 8117 8118 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8119 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8120 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8121 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8122 else 8123 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8124 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8125 } 8126 8127 } else { 8128 // struct/union/class 8129 8130 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8131 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8132 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8133 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8134 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8135 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8136 8137 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8138 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8139 } else 8140 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8141 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8142 } 8143 8144 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8145 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8146 if (SS.isSet()) { 8147 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8148 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8149 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8150 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8151 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8152 } 8153 } 8154 else 8155 Invalid = true; 8156 } 8157 8158 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8159 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8160 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8161 // 8162 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8163 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8164 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8165 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8166 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8167 // parsing of the struct). 8168 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8169 8170 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8171 } 8172 8173 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8174 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8175 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8176 << 2 8177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8178 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8179 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8180 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8181 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8182 New->setModulePrivate(); 8183 } 8184 8185 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8186 // check the specialization. 8187 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8188 Invalid = true; 8189 8190 if (Invalid) 8191 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8192 8193 if (Attr) 8194 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8195 8196 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8197 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8198 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8199 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8200 8201 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8202 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8203 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8204 8205 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8206 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8207 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8208 // the tag name visible. 8209 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8210 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8211 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt); 8212 8213 // Set the access specifier. 8214 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 8215 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 8216 8217 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 8218 New->startDefinition(); 8219 8220 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8221 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8222 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 8223 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 8224 if (PrevDecl) 8225 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 8226 8227 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 8228 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8229 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 8230 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 8231 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 8232 } else if (Name) { 8233 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8234 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 8235 if (IsForwardReference) 8236 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8237 8238 } else { 8239 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8240 } 8241 8242 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 8243 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 8244 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 8245 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 8246 II->isStr("FILE")) 8247 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 8248 8249 OwnedDecl = true; 8250 return New; 8251} 8252 8253void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8254 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8255 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8256 8257 // Enter the tag context. 8258 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 8259} 8260 8261Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 8262 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 8263 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 8264 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 8265 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 8266 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 8267 CurContext = OCD; 8268 return IDecl; 8269} 8270 8271void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8272 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 8273 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 8274 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8275 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 8276 8277 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 8278 8279 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 8280 return; 8281 8282 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 8283 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 8284 8285 // C++ [class]p2: 8286 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 8287 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 8288 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 8289 // as if it were a public member name. 8290 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 8291 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 8292 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 8293 Record->getIdentifier(), 8294 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 8295 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 8296 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 8297 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 8298 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 8299 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 8300 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 8301 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 8302 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 8303 "Broken injected-class-name"); 8304} 8305 8306void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8307 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 8308 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8309 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8310 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 8311 8312 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 8313 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 8314 8315 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 8316 PopDeclContext(); 8317 8318 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 8319 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 8320} 8321 8322void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 8323 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 8324 PopDeclContext(); 8325} 8326 8327void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8328 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 8329 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 8330 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 8331} 8332 8333void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8334 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 8335 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 8336} 8337 8338void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8339 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8340 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8341 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 8342 8343 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 8344 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 8345 // the FieldCollector. 8346 8347 PopDeclContext(); 8348} 8349 8350// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 8351bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8352 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 8353 bool *ZeroWidth) { 8354 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 8355 if (ZeroWidth) 8356 *ZeroWidth = true; 8357 8358 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 8359 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 8360 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8361 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 8362 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 8363 return true; 8364 if (FieldName) 8365 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 8366 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8367 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 8368 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8369 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 8370 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 8371 return true; 8372 8373 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 8374 // it now. 8375 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 8376 return false; 8377 8378 llvm::APSInt Value; 8379 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 8380 return true; 8381 8382 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 8383 *ZeroWidth = false; 8384 8385 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 8386 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 8387 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 8388 8389 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 8390 if (FieldName) 8391 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8392 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 8393 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8394 << Value.toString(10); 8395 } 8396 8397 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 8398 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 8399 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 8400 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8401 if (FieldName) 8402 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8403 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8404 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8405 8406 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8407 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8408 } 8409 8410 if (FieldName) 8411 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8412 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8413 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8414 else 8415 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8416 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8417 } 8418 } 8419 8420 return false; 8421} 8422 8423/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 8424/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 8425Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 8426 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 8427 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 8428 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 8429 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 8430 return Res; 8431} 8432 8433/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 8434/// 8435FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 8436 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8437 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8438 AccessSpecifier AS) { 8439 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8440 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8441 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8442 8443 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8444 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8445 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8446 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8447 8448 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 8449 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 8450 D.setInvalidType(); 8451 T = Context.IntTy; 8452 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 8453 } 8454 } 8455 8456 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8457 8458 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8459 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8460 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8461 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8462 << 2; 8463 8464 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 8465 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8466 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 8467 LookupName(Previous, S); 8468 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 8469 case LookupResult::Found: 8470 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 8471 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 8472 break; 8473 8474 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 8475 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8476 break; 8477 8478 case LookupResult::NotFound: 8479 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 8480 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 8481 break; 8482 } 8483 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 8484 8485 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8486 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8487 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8488 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8489 PrevDecl = 0; 8490 } 8491 8492 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 8493 PrevDecl = 0; 8494 8495 bool Mutable 8496 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 8497 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8498 FieldDecl *NewFD 8499 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 8500 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 8501 8502 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8503 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8504 8505 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8506 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8507 8508 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 8509 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 8510 // with the same name in the same scope. 8511 } else if (II) { 8512 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 8513 } else 8514 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 8515 8516 return NewFD; 8517} 8518 8519/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 8520/// 8521/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 8522/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 8523/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 8524/// created. 8525/// 8526/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 8527/// 8528/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 8529FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 8530 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8531 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 8532 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8533 SourceLocation TSSL, 8534 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8535 Declarator *D) { 8536 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8537 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8538 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8539 8540 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8541 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8542 if (T.isNull()) { 8543 InvalidDecl = true; 8544 T = Context.IntTy; 8545 } 8546 8547 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8548 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 8549 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8550 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8551 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8552 InvalidDecl = true; 8553 } 8554 8555 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8556 // than a variably modified type. 8557 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8558 bool SizeIsNegative; 8559 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8560 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 8561 SizeIsNegative, 8562 Oversized); 8563 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 8564 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 8565 T = FixedTy; 8566 } else { 8567 if (SizeIsNegative) 8568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 8569 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 8570 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 8571 << Oversized.toString(10); 8572 else 8573 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 8574 InvalidDecl = true; 8575 } 8576 } 8577 8578 // Fields can not have abstract class types 8579 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 8580 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8581 AbstractFieldType)) 8582 InvalidDecl = true; 8583 8584 bool ZeroWidth = false; 8585 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 8586 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 8587 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 8588 InvalidDecl = true; 8589 BitWidth = 0; 8590 ZeroWidth = false; 8591 } 8592 8593 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 8594 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 8595 unsigned DiagID = 0; 8596 if (T->isReferenceType()) 8597 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 8598 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 8599 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 8600 8601 if (DiagID) { 8602 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 8603 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 8604 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 8605 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 8606 Mutable = false; 8607 InvalidDecl = true; 8608 } 8609 } 8610 8611 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 8612 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 8613 if (InvalidDecl) 8614 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8615 8616 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8617 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8618 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8619 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8620 } 8621 8622 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8623 if (Record->isUnion()) { 8624 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8625 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8626 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8627 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 8628 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 8629 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 8630 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 8631 // objects. 8632 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 8633 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8634 } 8635 } 8636 8637 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 8638 // the program is ill-formed. 8639 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 8640 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 8641 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 8642 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8643 } 8644 } 8645 } 8646 8647 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 8648 // representation, not a parser representation. 8649 if (D) 8650 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 8651 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 8652 8653 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 8654 // retainable type. 8655 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 8656 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8657 8658 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 8659 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 8660 8661 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 8662 return NewFD; 8663} 8664 8665bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 8666 assert(FD); 8667 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 8668 8669 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8670 return true; 8671 8672 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8673 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8674 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8675 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8676 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 8677 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 8678 // copy constructors. 8679 8680 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 8681 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8682 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 8683 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 8684 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 8685 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8686 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 8687 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8688 member = CXXDestructor; 8689 8690 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 8691 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8692 getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 8693 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 8694 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 8695 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 8696 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 8697 // members unavailable. 8698 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8699 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 8700 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 8701 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 8702 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8703 return false; 8704 } 8705 } 8706 8707 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ? 8708 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 8709 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 8710 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 8711 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 8712 return !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x; 8713 } 8714 } 8715 } 8716 8717 return false; 8718} 8719 8720/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 8721/// special member, figure out why. 8722void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 8723 QualType QT(T, 0U); 8724 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 8725 8726 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 8727 switch (member) { 8728 case CXXInvalid: 8729 break; 8730 8731 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8732 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 8733 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 8734 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 8735 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 8736 ci->hasBody(body); 8737 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 8738 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 8739 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8740 return; 8741 } 8742 } 8743 8744 llvm_unreachable("found no user-declared constructors"); 8745 } 8746 break; 8747 8748 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8749 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 8750 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 8751 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 8752 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8753 return; 8754 } 8755 break; 8756 8757 case CXXMoveConstructor: 8758 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 8759 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 8760 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8761 return; 8762 } 8763 break; 8764 8765 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8766 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 8767 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 8768 // assignment, not the type. 8769 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8770 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8771 return; 8772 } 8773 break; 8774 8775 case CXXMoveAssignment: 8776 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 8777 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 8778 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8779 return; 8780 } 8781 break; 8782 8783 case CXXDestructor: 8784 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 8785 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 8786 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8787 return; 8788 } 8789 break; 8790 } 8791 8792 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8793 8794 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8795 // but not trivial destruction. 8796 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8797 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8798 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8799 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8800 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8801 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8802 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8803 return; 8804 } 8805 8806 // Check for virtual methods. 8807 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8808 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8809 ++mi) { 8810 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8811 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8812 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8813 return; 8814 } 8815 } 8816 } 8817 8818 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8819 switch (member) { 8820 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8821 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8822 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8823 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8824 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8825 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8826 case CXXDestructor: 8827 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8828 default: 8829 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 8830 } 8831 8832 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8833 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8834 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8835 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8836 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8837 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8838 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8839 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8840 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8841 return; 8842 } 8843 } 8844 8845 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8846 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8847 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8848 ++fi) { 8849 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8850 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8851 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8852 8853 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8854 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8855 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8856 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8857 return; 8858 } 8859 } 8860 8861 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8862 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8863 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8864 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8865 break; 8866 8867 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8868 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8869 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8870 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 8871 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8872 return; 8873 } 8874 } 8875 } 8876 8877 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8878} 8879 8880/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8881/// AST enum value. 8882static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8883TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8884 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8885 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 8886 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8887 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8888 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8889 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8890 } 8891} 8892 8893/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8894/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8895Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8896 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8897 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 8898 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8899 8900 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8901 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8902 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8903 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8904 8905 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8906 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8907 8908 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8909 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8910 8911 if (BitWidth) { 8912 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8913 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8914 D.setInvalidType(); 8915 BitWidth = 0; 8916 } 8917 } else { 8918 // Not a bitfield. 8919 8920 // validate II. 8921 8922 } 8923 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8925 D.setInvalidType(); 8926 } 8927 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8928 // than a variably modified type. 8929 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8930 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8931 D.setInvalidType(); 8932 } 8933 8934 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8935 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8936 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8937 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8938 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8939 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 8940 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8941 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8942 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8943 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8944 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8945 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8946 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8947 } 8948 else 8949 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8950 } else { 8951 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8952 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8953 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8954 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8955 return 0; 8956 } 8957 } 8958 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8959 } 8960 8961 // Construct the decl. 8962 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8963 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8964 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8965 8966 if (II) { 8967 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8968 ForRedeclaration); 8969 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8970 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8972 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8973 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8974 } 8975 } 8976 8977 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8978 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8979 8980 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8981 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8982 8983 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8984 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8985 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8986 8987 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8988 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 8989 8990 if (II) { 8991 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8992 // these to the interface. 8993 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8994 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8995 } 8996 8997 return NewID; 8998} 8999 9000/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9001/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9002/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9003/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9004void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9005 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9006 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9007 return; 9008 9009 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9010 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9011 9012 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9013 return; 9014 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9015 if (!ID) { 9016 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9017 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9018 return; 9019 } 9020 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9021 else 9022 return; 9023 } 9024 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9025 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9026 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9027 9028 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9029 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9030 Context.CharTy, 9031 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9032 DeclLoc), 9033 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9034 true); 9035 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9036} 9037 9038void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9039 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9040 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9041 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9042 AttributeList *Attr) { 9043 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9044 9045 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 9046 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 9047 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9048 return; 9049 9050 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9051 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9052 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9053 9054 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9055 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9056 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9057 i != end; ++i) { 9058 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9059 9060 // Get the type for the field. 9061 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9062 9063 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9064 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9065 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9066 } 9067 9068 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9069 // diagnostics about it. 9070 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9071 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9072 continue; 9073 } 9074 9075 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9076 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9077 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9078 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9079 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9080 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9081 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9082 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9083 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9084 // array. 9085 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9086 // Field declared as a function. 9087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9088 << FD->getDeclName(); 9089 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9090 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9091 continue; 9092 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9093 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9094 ((getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt || 9095 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 9096 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9097 // Flexible array member. 9098 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9099 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9100 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9101 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 9102 if (Record->isUnion()) 9103 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9104 << FD->getDeclName(); 9105 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9106 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9107 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9108 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9109 if (Record->isUnion()) 9110 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9111 << FD->getDeclName(); 9112 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9113 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9114 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9115 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 9116 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 9117 << FD->getDeclName(); 9118 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9119 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9120 continue; 9121 } 9122 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 9123 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 9124 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 9125 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9126 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9127 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9128 continue; 9129 } 9130 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 9131 if (Record) 9132 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9133 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 9134 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 9135 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9136 // Incomplete type 9137 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9138 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9139 continue; 9140 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9141 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 9142 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 9143 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 9144 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9145 } else { 9146 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 9147 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 9148 // structures. 9149 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 9150 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 9151 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9152 else { 9153 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 9154 // other structs as an extension. 9155 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 9156 << FD->getDeclName(); 9157 if (Record) 9158 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9159 } 9160 } 9161 } 9162 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9163 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9164 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 9165 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 9166 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 9167 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 9168 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 9169 FD->setType(T); 9170 } 9171 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9172 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 9173 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 9174 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 9175 // so we just make the field unavailable. 9176 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 9177 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 9178 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9179 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 9180 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 9181 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 9182 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 9183 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 9184 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 9185 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9186 } 9187 } else { 9188 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 9189 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 9190 } 9191 ARCErrReported = true; 9192 } 9193 } 9194 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 9195 getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 9196 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 9197 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9198 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 9199 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9200 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 9201 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9202 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 9203 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9204 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9205 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9206 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 9207 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9208 } 9209 } 9210 } 9211 // Keep track of the number of named members. 9212 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 9213 ++NumNamedMembers; 9214 } 9215 9216 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 9217 if (Record) { 9218 bool Completed = false; 9219 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 9220 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 9221 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 9222 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 9223 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 9224 I != E; ++I) 9225 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 9226 9227 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 9228 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 9229 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 9230 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 9231 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 9232 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 9233 // 9234 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 9235 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 9236 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 9237 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 9238 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 9239 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9240 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 9241 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 9242 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 9243 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9244 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 9245 << CXXRecord; 9246 } else { 9247 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 9248 // for them is going to be tricky. 9249 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9250 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9251 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9252 << CXXRecord << 0; 9253 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9254 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9255 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9256 << CXXRecord << 1; 9257 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9258 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9259 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9260 << CXXRecord << 2; 9261 } 9262 } 9263 9264 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 9265 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 9266 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 9267 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 9268 9269 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 9270 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 9271 9272 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 9273 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 9274 // problem now. 9275 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 9276 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 9277 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 9278 9279 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 9280 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 9281 M != MEnd; ++M) { 9282 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 9283 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 9284 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 9285 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 9286 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 9287 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 9288 continue; 9289 9290 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 9291 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 9292 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 9293 // program is ill-formed. 9294 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 9295 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 9296 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 9297 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 9298 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 9299 OM = SO->second.begin(), 9300 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 9301 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 9302 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 9303 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 9304 9305 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9306 } 9307 } 9308 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 9309 Completed = true; 9310 } 9311 } 9312 } 9313 } 9314 9315 if (!Completed) 9316 Record->completeDefinition(); 9317 9318 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 9319 // we were missing. 9320 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 9321 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 9322 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 9323 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 9324 break; 9325 9326 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 9327 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 9328 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 9329 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 9330 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 9331 } 9332 9333 } else { 9334 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 9335 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 9336 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9337 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 9338 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 9339 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9340 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 9341 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9342 } 9343 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 9344 // duplicates. 9345 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 9346 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 9347 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9348 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9349 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 9350 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 9351 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 9352 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 9353 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 9354 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 9355 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9356 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9357 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 9358 // reported as errors elsewhere. 9359 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 9360 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 9361 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 9362 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 9363 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 9364 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9365 if (IDecl) { 9366 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 9367 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9368 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9369 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9370 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9371 continue; 9372 } 9373 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 9374 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 9375 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 9376 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 9377 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9378 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9379 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9380 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9381 continue; 9382 } 9383 } 9384 } 9385 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 9386 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9387 } 9388 } 9389 } 9390 9391 if (Attr) 9392 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 9393 9394 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 9395 // set the visibility of this record. 9396 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 9397 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 9398} 9399 9400/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 9401/// the given type T. 9402static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 9403 llvm::APSInt &Value, 9404 QualType T) { 9405 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9406 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 9407 9408 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 9409 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 9410 --BitWidth; 9411 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 9412 } 9413 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 9414} 9415 9416// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 9417// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 9418static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 9419 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 9420 // enum checking below. 9421 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9422 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 9423 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9424 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 9425 }; 9426 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9427 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 9428 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 9429 }; 9430 9431 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 9432 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 9433 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 9434 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 9435 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 9436 return Types[I]; 9437 9438 return QualType(); 9439} 9440 9441EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 9442 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 9443 SourceLocation IdLoc, 9444 IdentifierInfo *Id, 9445 Expr *Val) { 9446 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9447 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 9448 QualType EltTy; 9449 9450 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 9451 Val = 0; 9452 9453 if (Val) 9454 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 9455 9456 if (Val) { 9457 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 9458 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9459 else { 9460 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 9461 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 9462 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 9463 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 9464 Val = 0; 9465 } else { 9466 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9467 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 9468 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 9469 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 9470 // representable as an int. 9471 9472 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 9473 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 9474 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9475 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 9476 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 9477 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 9478 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 9479 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9480 } 9481 } 9482 9483 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9484 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9485 9486 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9487 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 9488 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 9489 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9490 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 9491 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9492 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9493 } else 9494 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 9495 << EltTy; 9496 } else 9497 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9498 } 9499 else { 9500 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9501 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9502 // is the type of its initializing value: 9503 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 9504 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 9505 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9506 } 9507 } 9508 } 9509 } 9510 9511 if (!Val) { 9512 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 9513 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9514 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 9515 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9516 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9517 // is the type of its initializing value: 9518 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 9519 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 9520 // 9521 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 9522 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 9523 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9524 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9525 } 9526 else { 9527 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 9528 } 9529 } else { 9530 // Assign the last value + 1. 9531 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9532 ++EnumVal; 9533 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 9534 9535 // Check for overflow on increment. 9536 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 9537 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9538 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9539 // is the type of its initializing value: 9540 // 9541 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 9542 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 9543 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 9544 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 9545 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 9546 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 9547 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 9548 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 9549 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 9550 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 9551 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9552 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 9553 ++EnumVal; 9554 if (Enum->isFixed()) 9555 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 9556 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 9557 << EnumVal.toString(10) 9558 << EltTy; 9559 else 9560 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 9561 << EnumVal.toString(10); 9562 } else { 9563 EltTy = T; 9564 } 9565 9566 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 9567 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 9568 // value, then increment. 9569 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9570 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9571 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9572 ++EnumVal; 9573 9574 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 9575 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 9576 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 9577 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 9578 // integral type. 9579 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 9580 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 9581 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9582 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9583 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 9584 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9585 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 9586 } 9587 } 9588 } 9589 9590 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9591 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 9592 // enumerator's type. 9593 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9594 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9595 } 9596 9597 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 9598 Val, EnumVal); 9599} 9600 9601 9602Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 9603 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 9604 AttributeList *Attr, 9605 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *val) { 9606 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 9607 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 9608 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 9609 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 9610 9611 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 9612 // we find one that is. 9613 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9614 9615 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 9616 // scope. 9617 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 9618 ForRedeclaration); 9619 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9620 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9621 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 9622 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9623 PrevDecl = 0; 9624 } 9625 9626 if (PrevDecl) { 9627 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 9628 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 9629 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 9630 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 9631 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 9632 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9633 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 9634 else 9635 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 9636 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9637 return 0; 9638 } 9639 } 9640 9641 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 9642 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 9643 // name different from T: 9644 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 9645 // type 9646 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 9647 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 9648 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 9649 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 9650 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 9651 9652 EnumConstantDecl *New = 9653 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 9654 9655 if (New) { 9656 // Process attributes. 9657 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9658 9659 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 9660 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 9661 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 9662 } 9663 9664 return New; 9665} 9666 9667void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 9668 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 9669 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 9670 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 9671 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 9672 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 9673 9674 if (Attr) 9675 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 9676 9677 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 9678 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9679 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9680 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9681 if (!ECD) continue; 9682 9683 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9684 } 9685 9686 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 9687 return; 9688 } 9689 9690 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 9691 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 9692 // emit a warning. 9693 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9694 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 9695 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 9696 9697 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 9698 // reverse the list. 9699 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 9700 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 9701 9702 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 9703 bool AllElementsInt = true; 9704 9705 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9706 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9707 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9708 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9709 9710 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9711 9712 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 9713 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 9714 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 9715 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 9716 else 9717 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 9718 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 9719 9720 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 9721 if (AllElementsInt) 9722 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 9723 } 9724 9725 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 9726 QualType BestType; 9727 unsigned BestWidth; 9728 9729 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 9730 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 9731 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 9732 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 9733 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 9734 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 9735 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 9736 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 9737 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 9738 QualType BestPromotionType; 9739 9740 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 9741 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 9742 // enum definitions. 9743 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 9744 Packed = true; 9745 9746 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9747 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9748 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 9749 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 9750 else 9751 BestPromotionType = BestType; 9752 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 9753 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 9754 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 9755 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9756 } 9757 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 9758 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 9759 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 9760 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9761 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 9762 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 9763 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9764 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 9765 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 9766 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 9767 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9768 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 9769 BestType = Context.IntTy; 9770 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9771 } else { 9772 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 9773 9774 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 9775 BestType = Context.LongTy; 9776 } else { 9777 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9778 9779 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 9780 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 9781 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 9782 } 9783 } 9784 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 9785 } else { 9786 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 9787 // all of the enumerator values. 9788 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9789 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 9790 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 9791 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9792 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9793 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 9794 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 9795 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9796 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9797 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 9798 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 9799 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9800 BestPromotionType 9801 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9802 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 9803 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 9804 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 9805 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 9806 BestPromotionType 9807 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9808 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 9809 } else { 9810 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9811 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 9812 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 9813 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 9814 BestPromotionType 9815 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9816 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 9817 } 9818 } 9819 9820 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 9821 // the type of the enum if needed. 9822 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9823 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9824 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9825 9826 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 9827 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 9828 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9829 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9830 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9831 9832 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9833 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9834 9835 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9836 // the enum decl type. 9837 QualType NewTy; 9838 unsigned NewWidth; 9839 bool NewSign; 9840 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9841 !Enum->isFixed() && 9842 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9843 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9844 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9845 NewSign = true; 9846 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9847 // Already the right type! 9848 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9849 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9850 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9851 // enumeration. 9852 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9853 continue; 9854 } else { 9855 NewTy = BestType; 9856 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9857 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9858 } 9859 9860 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9861 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9862 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9863 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9864 9865 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9866 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9867 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9868 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9869 CK_IntegralCast, 9870 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9871 /*base paths*/ 0, 9872 VK_RValue)); 9873 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9874 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9875 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9876 // enumeration. 9877 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9878 else 9879 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9880 } 9881 9882 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9883 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9884} 9885 9886Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9887 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9888 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9889 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9890 9891 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9892 AsmString, StartLoc, 9893 EndLoc); 9894 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9895 return New; 9896} 9897 9898DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path) { 9899 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 9900 Module::AllVisible, 9901 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 9902 if (!Mod) 9903 return true; 9904 9905 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 9906 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 9907 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 9908 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 9909 // We need the length to be consistent. 9910 if (!ModCheck) 9911 break; 9912 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 9913 9914 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 9915 } 9916 9917 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 9918 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9919 ImportLoc, Mod, 9920 IdentifierLocs); 9921 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 9922 return Import; 9923} 9924 9925void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9926 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9927 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9928 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9929 9930 if (PrevDecl) { 9931 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9932 } else { 9933 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9934 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9935 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9936 } 9937} 9938 9939void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9940 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9941 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9942 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9943 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9944 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9945 LookupOrdinaryName); 9946 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9947 9948 if (PrevDecl) { 9949 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9950 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9951 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9952 } else { 9953 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9954 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9955 } 9956} 9957 9958Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 9959 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 9960} 9961 9962AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 9963 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 9964 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 9965 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 9966 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 9967 9968 return D->getAvailability(); 9969} 9970